Nissan - KICKS - Owners Manual - 2018 - 2018

KICKS OWNER'S MANUAL Air bag warning label: GUID-F996AD4C-EBB1-43FF-A082-07E8EDDB9F39 WAB0022X “NEVER use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it, DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD can occur.” Be sure to read “Air bag warning label” (P.1-22). © 2018 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD. OWNER’S MANUAL 0 Nissan Connect 1 Table of Contents Illustrated table of contents 0 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 Instruments and controls 2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3 Monitor, heater and air conditioner, and audio system 4 Starting and driving 5 In case of emergency 6 Appearance and care 7 Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8 Technical information 9 Index 10 0 Illustrated table of contents Seats, seat belts and Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ..................................................................................................... .... Exterior front .................................................................................................... .... Exterior rear ...................................................................................................... .... Passenger compartment ....................................................................... .... Cockpit .................................................................................................................. .... 0-2 0-3 0-4 0-5 0-6 Instrument panel ......................................................................................... .... 0-7 Meters and gauges .................................................................................... .... 0-8 Engine compartment ............................................................................... .... 0-9 H4K engine model ............................................................................. .... 0-9 K9K engine model .......................................................................... .... 0-10 SEATS, SEAT BELTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) D15A1-76E60A74-1E1B-476F-90A1-42B5B849DFED WAA0019X 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 0-2 Supplemental front-impact air bags (P.1-19) Front seats (P.1-2) Seat belts (P.1-6) Head restraints (P.1-4) Child restraint anchor points (for top tether strap child restraint) (P.1-15) Pre-tensioner seat belt system (P.1-26) Supplemental side-impact air bags* (P.1-19) Illustrated table of contents 8. 9. 10. *: Rear seats (P.1-3) — Child restraints (P.1-10) ISOFIX child restraint system (P.1-14) Rear armrest* (P.1-4) if equipped EXTERIOR FRONT D15A1-06F61144-5F27-4193-87C5-E0950EF9F755 12. *: Doors — Keys (P.3-2) — Door locks (P.3-3) — Intelligent Key system* (P.3-5) — Remote keyless entry system* (P.3-4) if equipped WAA0020X 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Engine hood (P.3-12) Windshield wiper and washer — Switch operation (P.2-17) — Blade replacement (P.8-14) — Window washer fluid (P.8-16) Power windows (P.2-20) Roof rack* (P.2-24) Recovery hook (P.6-12) Front view camera* (P.4-7) 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Fog lights* (P.2-17) Headlights and turn signal lights (P.2-15) Tires — Tires and wheels (P.8-26, P.9-5) — Flat tire (P.6-2) — Tire placard (P.9-7) Outside rearview mirrors (P.3-16) — Side view camera* (P.4-7) Side turn signal light (P.2-16) Illustrated table of contents 0-3 EXTERIOR REAR D15A1-10450723-4493-45CA-A86B-3B40EB43FB48 WAA0021X 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 0-4 Rear window wiper and washer* — Switch operation (P.2-19) — Window washer fluid (P.8-16) Back door (P.3-13) — Remote keyless entry system* (P.3-4) — Intelligent Key system* (P.3-5) High-mounted stop light (P.8-22) Rear window defogger (P.2-19) Antenna (P.4-23) Illustrated table of contents 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. *: Fuel-filler lid (P.3-15) Child safety rear door lock (P.3-4) Parking sensor (sonar) system (P.5-18) Rear fog light* (P.2-17) Rearview camera* (P.4-3, P.4-7) Recovery hook (P.6-12) Rear combination lights (P.8-22) if equipped PASSENGER COMPARTMENT D15A1-3844A1CD-2A53-4021-8085-335984792A5A WAA0022X 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Inside rearview mirror (P.3-16) Front room light (P.2-26) Sun visors (P.2-25, P.3-17) Door armrest — Power window switch (P.2-20) — Outside rearview mirror remote control switch (driver’s side) (P.3-16) Rear room light (P.2-26) Fuel-filler lid opener lever (P.3-15) 7. 8. 9. 10. *: Parking brake (P.3-17) Power outlet (P.2-21) Rear armrest* (P.1-4) — Rear cup holders (P.2-23) Luggage room — Luggage hooks (P.2-24) — Cargo cover (P.2-23) if equipped Illustrated table of contents 0-5 COCKPIT D15A1-21C9CF01-F584-434D-ACE0-A11CD1E3350D *: **: WAA0023X 1. 2. 3. 4. Headlight and turn signal switch (P.2-15)/ Fog light switch* (P.2-17) Steering wheel — Power steering (P.5-19) — Horn (P.2-19) — Driver’s supplemental front-impact air bag (P.1-19) Wiper and washer switch (P.2-17)/Trip computer mode switch (P.2-13) Shift lever (P.5-9) 0-6 Illustrated table of contents 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Push-button ignition switch (models with Intelligent Key system) (P.5-5) Steering column switches** Ignition switch (models without Intelligent Key system) (P.5-4) Headlight aiming control switch (P.2-16) Instrument brightness control switch (P.2-5) ECO mode switch* (P.5-10) Cruise control MAIN switch* (P.5-14)/ Speed limiter MAIN switch* (P.5-12) if equipped Refer to the NissanConnect Owner’s Manual (if equipped). INSTRUMENT PANEL D15A1-B2422D38-5A4E-4112-BB5F-FE5D8EEF62E6 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. *: **: — Key card port* (P.5-6) Defogger switch (P.2-19) Power outlet (P.2-21) USB (Universal Serial Bus) connection port/AUX (auxiliary) input jack (P.4-28 or NissanConnect**) Shift lever (P.5-9) Push-button ignition switch (models with Intelligent Key system) (P.5-5) Tilting steering wheel lock lever (P.3-15) Ignition switch (models without Intelligent Key system) (P.5-4) Hood lock release handle (P.3-13) if equipped Refer to the NissanConnect Owner’s Manual (if equipped). WAA0024X 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Side ventilator (P.4-14) Passenger’s front-impact air bag (P.1-19) Center ventilator (P.4-14) Hazard indicator flasher switch (P.6-2) Power door lock switch (P.3-3) Audio system* (P.4-17 or **) — Rear view monitor* (P.4-3) — Around View Monitor* (P.4-7) Heater and air conditioner control (P.4-14) 8. 9. 10. 11. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)* — Cruise control switches (P.5-14) — Speed limiter switches (P.5-12) Meters and gauges (P.2-4) Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side)* — Cruise control switches (P.5-14) — Speed limiter switches (P.5-12) Glove box (P.2-22) — Fuse box (P.8-20) Illustrated table of contents 0-7 METERS AND GAUGES D15A1-088E5EE4-8597-421B-8873-FE92AA3F5ABE WAA0025X 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Tachometer (P.2-4) Vehicle information display (P.2-11) — Trip computer (P.2-13) — Clock and outside air temperature (P.2-14) — Warnings and indicators (P.2-11) Speedometer (P.2-4)/Gear shift indicator* (P.2-5) Fuel gauge (P.2-5) Warning and indicator lights (P.2-6) 0-8 Illustrated table of contents 6. *: Turn signals/hazard indicator lights (P.2-10) if equipped ENGINE COMPARTMENT D15A1-43A12B5B-1EC5-4B57-AF49-1F11888695D0 H4K ENGINE MODEL GUID-BEB53876-54E7-4F9D-AADA-033FBD655EB7 WAA0027X 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-6) Brake and clutch fluid reservoir (P.8-12, P.8-13) Engine oil filler cap (P.8-7) Air cleaner (P.8-14) Window washer fluid reservoir (P.8-16) Fuse/fusible link holders (P.8-19) Engine drive belt location (P.8-10) 8. 9. 10. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-7) Battery (P.8-17) Power steering fluid reservoir (P.8-13) Illustrated table of contents 0-9 K9K ENGINE MODEL D15A1-DCE84F59-875A-4CF0-84D3-EDA6A831E16D WAA0026X 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-6) Brake and clutch fluid reservoir (P.8-12, P.8-13) Air cleaner (P.8-14) Window washer fluid reservoir (P.8-16) Engine drive belt location (P.8-10) Engine oil filler cap/Engine oil dipstick (P.8-7) 0-10 Illustrated table of contents 7. 8. 9. Battery (P.8-17) Power steering fluid reservoir (P.8-13) Fuse/fusible link holders (P.8-19) 1 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system Seats ....................................................................................................................... .... Front seats ................................................................................................. .... Rear seats ................................................................................................... .... Armrest (if equipped) ......................................................................... .... Head restraints ............................................................................................... .... Adjustable head restraint components .............................. .... Non-adjustable head restraint components .................. .... Remove ......................................................................................................... .... Install ............................................................................................................... .... Adjust .............................................................................................................. .... Seat belts ............................................................................................................ .... Precautions on seat belt usage ................................................ .... Child safety ................................................................................................ .... Pregnant women .................................................................................. .... Injured persons ....................................................................................... .... Center mark on seat belts ............................................................ .... Three-point type seat belts .......................................................... .... 1-2 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-4 1-4 1-4 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-6 1-6 1-8 1-8 1-9 1-9 1-9 Two-point type seat belts ........................................................ .... Seat belt maintenance ............................................................... .... Child restraints ........................................................................................... .... Precautions on child restraint usage .............................. .... Universal child restraints for front seat and rear seats ............................................................................................... .... ISOFIX child restraint system ................................................. .... Child restraint anchorage ........................................................ .... Child restraint installation using ISOFIX ....................... .... Child restraint installation using three-point type seat belt .................................................................................................. .... Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ..................................... .... Precautions on Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ....................................................................................... .... Supplemental air bag systems ............................................. .... SRS air bag deployment conditions ................................ .... Pre-tensioner seat belt system ............................................ .... Repair and replacement procedure ................................. .... 1-10 1-10 1-10 1-10 1-11 1-14 1-15 1-15 1-17 1-19 1-19 1-23 1-24 1-26 1-27 SEATS D15A1-65E1CF4D-248A-4E0E-B80E-0E67876FCCD6 Manual seatD15A1-E5A26E75-3DD6-4E76-AA24-3DBFA97F9F4B adjustment WARNING: After adjusting a seat, gently shake the seat to confirm that the seat is locked securely. If the seat is not locked securely, it may move suddenly and could cause the loss of control of the vehicle. SSS0133A WARNING: . . . . 1-2 Do not drive and/or ride in the vehicle with the seatback reclined. This can be dangerous. The shoulder belt will not be properly against the body. In an accident, you and your passengers could be thrown into the shoulder belt and receive neck or other serious injuries. You and your passengers could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious injuries. For the most effective protection while the vehicle is in motion, the seatback should be upright. Always sit well back and upright in the seat and adjust the seat belt properly. (See “Seat belts” (P.16).) Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle. They could unknowingly activate switches or controls. Unattended children could become involved in serious accidents. To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and/or its systems, do not leave children, people who require the assis- tance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle. Additionally, the temperature inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people and pets. CAUTION: When adjusting the seat positions, be sure not to contact any moving parts to avoid possible injuries and/or damages. FRONT SEATS D15A1-EA19C552-8EF1-470D-8CB3-CAABA9F21446 WARNING: Do not adjust the driver’s seat while driving so that full attention may be given to vehicle operation. Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ways replace and adjust them properly if they have been removed for any reason. WAB0012X Forward and backward: GUID-F996AD4C-EBB1-43FF-A082-07E8EDDB9F39 1. Pull up the adjusting lever . 2. Slide the seat to the desired position. 3. Release the adjusting lever to lock the seat in position. Reclining: GUID-F996AD4C-EBB1-43FF-A082-07E8EDDB9F39 1. Pull up the adjusting lever . 2. Tilt the seatback to the desired position. 3. Release the adjusting lever to lock the seatback in position. The reclining feature allows the adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes to help obtain the proper seat belt fit. (See “Seat belts” (P.1-6).) The seatback may be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is parked. REAR SEATS D15A1-0B6BB7B4-CDF3-4675-A850-65CBB6C319C8 Folding WARNING: . . . . Seat lifter (if equipped): GUID-F996AD4C-EBB1-43FF-A082-07E8EDDB9F39 Pull up or push down the adjusting lever to adjust the seat height until the desired position is achieved. . WAB0001X D15A1-3EE22A4D-7601-41EF-A543-670C2C26F34B Never allow anyone to ride in the luggage area or on the rear seats when they are in the fold-down position. Use of these areas by passengers without proper restraints could result in serious injury in an accident or sudden stop. Do not fold down the rear seats when occupants are in the rear seat area or any luggage is on the rear seats. Properly secure all luggage to help prevent it from sliding or shifting. Do not place luggage higher than the seatbacks. When returning the seatbacks to the upright position, be certain they are completely secured in the latched position. If they are not completely secured, passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop. Head restraints should be adjusted properly as they may provide significant protection against whiplash injury. Al- To fold the seatback, pull the knob . To return the seatback to the seating position, lift up the seatback and push it to the upright position until it is latched. CAUTION: . . When loading the luggage in the luggage area, be careful not to scratch or damage the seat belt. When operating the seatback, be careful not to scratch or damage the seat belt. Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3 HEAD RESTRAINTS D15A1-1D2DB560-F0D1-4E17-A618-221460107213 ARMREST (if GUID-0F10669B-14DD-4151-AF42-00AAFCC1F6A9 equipped) Rear GUID-DFD22A94-99BD-460F-AD8A-8D64EF44F708 WAB0005X Pull the armrest down as shown. Head restraints supplement the other vehicle safety systems. They may provide additional protection against injury in certain rear end collisions. Adjustable head restraints must be adjusted properly, as specified in this section. Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat. Do not attach anything to the head restraint stalks or remove the head restraint. Do not use the seat if the head restraint has been removed. If the head restraint was removed, reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint before an occupant uses the seating position. Failure to follow these instructions can reduce the effectiveness of the head restraint. This may increase the risk of serious injury or death in a collision. . . . . . 1-4 seating position. WARNING: Your vehicle is equipped with a head restraint that may be integrated, adjustable or non-adjustable. Adjustable head restraints have multiple notches along the stalk to lock them in a desired adjustment position. The non-adjustable head restraints have a single locking notch to secure them to the seat frame. Proper Adjustment: — For the adjustable type, align the head restraint so the center of your ear is approximately level with the center of the head restraint. — If your ear position is still higher than the recommended alignment, place the head restraint at the highest position. If the head restraint has been removed, ensure that it is reinstalled and locked in place before riding in that designated Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT COMPONENTS D15A1-F89D903A-0FED-4CCE-B4EF-23A633657456 SSS0992 1. 2. 3. 4. Removable head restraint Multiple notches Lock knob Stalks NON-ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT COMPONENTS D15A1-D34535EC-DF0C-4269-8380-2934FADC6FFC JVR0203X 1. Removable head restraint 2. 3. 4. Single notch Lock knob Stalks REMOVE INSTALL D15A1-B3A99A97-928E-47FE-884F-0D175DFBAB62 D15A1-B053D940-2B1F-4FFC-8D26-917A6987E0CA For adjustable head restraint Adjust the head restraint so the center is level with the center of your ears. If your ear position is still higher than the recommended alignment, place the head restraint at the highest position. SSS1038 1. SSS1037 Use the following procedure to remove the head restraint. 1. Pull the head restraint up to the highest position. 2. Push and hold the lock knob. 3. Remove the head restraint from the seat. 4. Store the head restraint properly in a secure place so it is not loose in the vehicle. 5. Reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint before an occupant uses the seating position. 2. 3. Align the head restraint stalks with the holes in the seat. Make sure that the head restraint is facing the correct direction. The stalk with the adjustment notch must be installed in the hole with the lock knob . Push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint down. Properly adjust the head restraint before an occupant uses the seating position. ADJUST D15A1-DC2EB261-1F70-47A9-B8C3-77BA84D8A42B JVR0259X For non-adjustable head restraint Make sure the head restraint is positioned from the stored position or any non-latch position so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position. Raise D15A1-964B95EB-865D-456B-8684-E0B99AE6516B SSS0997 SSS1035 To raise the head restraint, pull it up. Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-5 SEAT BELTS Make sure the head restraint is positioned from the stored position or any non-latch position so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position. Lower D15A1-F2026C46-45A9-4299-92E9-871E9D547B34 D15A1-B24797EF-9596-4C08-A632-05BD45FC2BE9 PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE D15A1-7E5A0FD7-D295-4EFD-A08C-C72A17D14624 If you are wearing the seat belt properly adjusted and sitting upright and well back in the seat, chances of being injured or killed in an accident and/or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced. NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive, even if your seating position includes the supplemental air bag systems. SSS1036 To lower, push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint down. Make sure the head restraint is positioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position. 1-6 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system WARNING: . SSS0134A . . . . SSS0136A . . SSS0014 SSS0016 . Seatbelts are designed to bear upon the bony structure of the body, and should be worn low across the front of the pelvis or the pelvis, chest and shoulders, as applicable; wearing the lap section of the belt across the abdominal area must be avoided. Serious injury may occur if a seat belt is not worn properly. Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible around the hips, not the waist. A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an accident. Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt. Each belt assembly must only be used by one occupant; it is dangerous to put a belt around a child being carried on the occupant’s lap. Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts. Never wear seat belts inside out. Belts should not be worn with straps twisted. Doing so may reduce their effectiveness. Seatbelts should be adjusted as firmly as possible, consistent with comfort, to provide the protection for which they have been designed. A slack belt will greatly reduce the protection afforded to the wearer. Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times. Children should be properly restrained in the rear seat and, if appropriate, in a child restraint system. Do not put the belt behind your back or under your arm. Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest. The belt should be Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-7 . . . . . . away from your face and neck, but not falling off your shoulder. Serious injury may occur if a seat belt is not worn properly. No modifications or additions should be made by the user which will either prevent the seat belt adjusting devices from operating to remove slack, or prevent the seat belt assembly from being adjusted to remove slack. Care should be taken to avoid contamination of the webbing with polishes, oils and chemicals, and particularly battery acid. Cleaning may safely be carried out using mild soap and water. The belt should be replaced if webbing becomes frayed, contaminated or damaged. All seat belt assemblies including retractors and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision by a NISSAN dealer. NISSAN recommends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replaced unless the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly. Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and, when necessary, replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted. It is essential to replace the entire assembly after it has been worn in a severe impact even if damage to the assembly is not obvious. Once the pre-tensioner seat belt has activated, it cannot be reused. It must be replaced together with the retractor. Contact a NISSAN dealer. Removal and installation of the pre-tensioner seat belt system components should be done by a NISSAN dealer. CHILD SAFETY D15A1-50FE0FCD-DBC6-4BF8-A13A-E3AFA74EB719 WARNING: . . Large children D15A1-7EC09A67-00D1-4A31-9107-8BC52BC8A5CE WARNING: . Infants and children need special protection. The vehicle’s seat belts may not fit them properly. The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck. The lap belt may not fit over their small hipbones. In an accident, an improperly fitted seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury. Always use an appropriate child restraint system. Children need adults to help protect them. They need to be properly restrained. The proper restraint depends on the child’s size. Infants and D15A1-9EA9FF02-4615-4E08-8998-8897493078B8 small children . Never allow children to stand or kneel on any seats. Never allow children in the luggage area while the vehicle is moving. A child could be seriously injured in an accident or sudden stop. Children who are too large for a child restraint system should be seated and restrained by the seat belts that are provided. If the child’s seating position has a shoulder belt that fits close to the face or neck, the use of a booster seat (commercially available) may help overcome this. The booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned across the top, middle portion of the shoulder and the lap belt is low on the hips. The booster seat should also fit the vehicle seat. Once the child has grown so that the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face or neck of the child, use the shoulder belt without the booster seat. In addition, there are many types of child restraint systems available for larger children that should be used for maximum protection. PREGNANT WOMEN D15A1-EB362D86-544D-4564-AF14-2AA962BFFC63 SSS0099 NISSAN recommends that infants and small children be seated in a child restraint system. You should choose a child restraint system that fits your vehicle and the child, and always follow the manufacturer’s instructions for installation and use. 1-8 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use seat belts. The seat belt should be worn snug, and always position the lap belt as low as possible around the hips, not the waist. Place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest. Never run the lap/shoulder belt over your abdominal area. Contact your doctor for specific recommendations. INJURED PERSONS D15A1-11687DB4-061D-4F49-9F66-C8C24C9C8A28 THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELTS D15A1-0BC1986B-C5D8-4503-B446-845D468C8DFE NISSAN recommends that injured persons use seat belts. Contact your doctor for specific recommendations. Fastening seat belts D15A1-89F085F0-308A-481D-A480-9ED347F5EEA1 CENTER MARK ON SEAT BELTS D15A1-4379FCB6-A0FC-49F8-B357-9DDABA29EF87 Selecting correct set of seat belts D15A1-D44FE812-A107-4F66-B3D5-9588A17259FA SSS0467 3. SSS0292 WARNING: SSS0671 The center seat belt buckle is identified by the CENTER mark. The center seat belt tongue can be fastened only into the center seat belt buckle. The seatback should not be in a reclined position any more than needed for comfort. Seat belts are most effective when the passenger sits well back and straight up in the seat. 1. 2. Adjust the seat. (See “Seats” (P.1-2).) Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage. . The retractor is designed to lock during a sudden stop or on impact. A slow pulling motion permits the belt to move, and allows you some freedom of movement in the seat. . If the seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position, firmly pull the belt and release it. Then smoothly pull the belt out of the retractor. 4. Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack. Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and is snug across your chest. UnfasteningD15A1-B9FD6826-2EEF-4B6A-BBB2-8DA9DC9A114C seat belts Push the button on the buckle. The seat belt automatically retracts. Checking seat belt operation D15A1-403EE7BD-2595-4C9C-B3EC-2256E3EF91C8 Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt movement: . When the seat belt is pulled quickly from the retractor. . When the vehicle slows down rapidly. To increase your confidence in the seat belts, check the operation by grasping the shoulder belt and pulling forward quickly. The retractor should lock and restrict further belt movement. If the retractor does not lock during this check, contact a NISSAN dealer immediately. Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-9 CHILD RESTRAINTS D15A1-F2068D73-379A-46BC-9200-AB7FD98E9DCB TWO-POINT GUID-E952EA08-F709-4D4A-99C5-844A1548DA94 TYPE SEAT BELTS PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINT USAGE D15A1-843A7C9C-1266-4B11-9B92-C7AD768A370E Fastening seat belts GUID-C22E60FF-2921-4350-8C15-D91E7BB1501C JVR0037X 3. Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown. SSS0099 JVR0035X 1. Insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage. Unfastening GUID-857F01C1-9F77-406A-A3D7-286A71B492F0 seat belts Push the button on the buckle. SEAT BELT D15A1-1C0BBCBB-C6A2-4E79-BD2C-4BF0F58A6E61 MAINTENANCE JVR0036X 2. Adjust the seat belt length. To shorten, hold the tongue and pull the upper belt as illustrated . To lengthen, hold the tongue and pull the under belt as illustrated . Periodically check that the seat belt and all the metal components, such as buckles, tongues, retractors, flexible wires and anchors, work properly. If loose parts, deterioration, cuts or other damage on the seat belt webbing is found, the entire seat belt assembly should be replaced. If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors, the seat belts may retract slowly. Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean, dry cloth. To clean the seat belt webbing, apply a mild soap solution or any solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpet. Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat belts to dry in the shade. Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are completely dry. WARNING: . . . . 1-10 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system Infants and small children should always be placed in an appropriate child restraint while riding in the vehicle. Failure to use a child restraint can result in serious injury or death. Infants and small children should never be carried on your lap. It is not possible for even the strongest adult to resist the forces of a severe accident. The child could be crushed between the adult and parts of the vehicle. Also, do not put the same seat belt around both your child and yourself. NISSAN recommends that the child restraints be installed in the rear seat. According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat. Improper use or improper installation of a child restraint can increase the risk or severity of injury for both the child and other occupants of the vehicle and can . . . . . . lead to serious injury or death in an accident. Follow all of the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions for installation and use. When purchasing a child restraint, be sure to select one which will fit your child and vehicle. It may not be possible to properly install some types of child restraint in your vehicle. The direction of the child restraint, either front-facing or rear-facing, depends on the type of the child restraint and the size of the child. Refer to the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions for details. Adjustable seatbacks should be positioned to ensure full contact between child restraint and seatback. After attaching a child restraint, test it before you place the child in it. Push it from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that is held securely in place. The child restraint should not move more than 25 mm (1 in). If the restraint is not secure, tighten the belt as necessary, or install the restraint in another seat and test it again. When the child restraint is not in use, keep it secured with the ISOFIX child restraint system or a seat belt to prevent it from being thrown around in case of a sudden stop or accident. Never install a rear-facing child restraint on the front passenger’s seat when the front passenger’s air bag is available. Supplemental front-impact air bags inflate with great force. A rear-facing child restraint could be struck by the supplemental front-impact air bags in an accident and could seriously injure or kill your child. . If the seat belt in the position where a child restraint is installed requires a locking device and if it is not used, injuries could result from a child restraint tipping over during normal vehicle braking or cornering. vehicle. CAUTION: Remember that a child restraint left in a closed vehicle can become very hot. Check the seating surface and buckles before placing your child in a child restraint. NISSAN recommends that infants and small children be seated in a child restraint. You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer’s instructions for installation and use. In addition, there are many types of child restraints available for larger children that should be used for maximum protection. UNIVERSAL CHILD RESTRAINTS FOR FRONT SEAT AND REAR SEATS D15A1-8B3DDE3B-9EF7-4AD7-8EE8-F4DD67F0B46E When selecting any child restraint, keep the following points in mind: . Choose a child restraint that complies with AIS 072-2009. . Place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child. Always follow all of the recommended procedures. . Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with vehicle’s seat belt system. . Refer to the tables later in this section for a list of the recommended fitment positions and the approved child restraints for your Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-11 Approved child restraint positions (without ISOFIX) D15A1-99C05CBF-D133-451D-AEF8-7EEDE61066E9 The following restriction is applied when using child restraints varying by infants weight and installation position (without ISOFIX child restraint). Seating position Type of child seat Weight group Front passenger seat Rear outboard seat Rear center seat Carrycot fitted across the vehicle 0 (<10 kg) X X X Rear-facing shell seat 0 or 0+ (<10 kg and <13 kg) X U (1) X Shell seat/rearfacing seat 0+ and I (<13 kg and 9 - 18 kg) X U (1) X Forward-facing seat I (9 - 18 kg) X U (1) X Booster seat II and III (15 - 25 kg and 22 - 36 kg) X U (1) X X: U: (1): Seat position not suitable for children in this mass group. Suitable for universal category child restraint systems, forward and rearward facing, approved for use in this mass group. If you install a child restraint system in the rear seat, remove and store the rear seat head restraint. 1-12 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system Approved child restraint positions (with ISOFIX) D15A1-1F2E008A-6D1F-42E8-AF1A-FBD3FE4AAF4F The following restriction is applied when using child restraints varying by infants weight and installation position (ISOFIX child restraint). Seating position Type of child Weight seat group Front passenger Rear outboard seat Rear center seat F ISO/L1 X X X G ISO/L2 X X X E ISO/R1 X IL (1) X 0+ (<13 kg) and I (9-18 kg) D ISO/R2 X IL (1) X C ISO/R3 X IL (1) X B ISO/F2 X IUF, IL (2) X Forward-facing seat I (9 - 18 kg) B1 ISO/F2X X IUF, IL (2) X A X IUF, IL (2) X Booster seat II (15-25 kg) and III (22-36 kg) X IUF, IL (2) X Carrycot fitted across the vehicle 0 (<10 kg) Rear-facing shell seat 0 (<10 kg) and 0+ (<13 kg) Shell seat/ rear-facing seat ISO/F3 X: Not suitable for installation of ISOFIX child restraint system (CRS) in these seating position. IUF: Suitable for ISOFIX forward-facing CRS of universal category approved for this mass group. IL: Suitable for the particular ISOFIX CRS given in the following list. These ISOFIX CRS are those of the “CRS manufacturer vehicle list (online)” or “Semi-universal” categories. (1) If you install a child restraint system in the rear seat, remove the rear seat head restraint. (2) If you install a child restraint system in the rear seat, set the front seat slide position for clearance to the rear seat child restraint/child’s legs. Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-13 List of recommended ISOFIX child restraints GUID-772CFE66-359F-4154-9F20-239285A4F57E Front passenger seat 0 (<10 kg) Rear outboard seat Rear center seat — — — — RÖMER/Britax Babysafe plus ISOFIX Base Belted & Support leg Rearward facing — — Maxi Cosi Cabrio Fix plus Easy Fix Belted & Support leg Rearward facing — — 0+ (<13 kg) SSS0637 ISOFIX lower anchor location I (9 - 18 kg) — Maxi Cosi pearl plus family fix Belted & Support leg Forward facing II (15 - 25 kg) — RÖMER/Britax Kid fix XP Belted & ISOFIX Forward facing — — RÖMER/Britax Kid fix XP Belted & ISOFIX Forward facing — III (22 - 36 kg) ISOFIX CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM D15A1-6235B8DC-F8F3-4AAD-96C5-9B6862339F0B The ISOFIX anchors are located as shown. A label is attached to the seatback to help you locate the ISOFIX anchors. ISOFIX child restraint anchor attachments D15A1-21A69F60-3CFE-4D54-86EC-70A15FEE5A82 ISOFIX lower anchor point locations D15A1-CD41505C-570B-4FC7-869D-A0B887BF5409 The ISOFIX anchor points are provided to install child restraints in the rear outboard seating positions only. Do not attempt to install a child restraint in the center seating position using the ISOFIX anchors. SSS0644 Anchor attachment WAB0023X ISOFIX label location Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points that are used with ISOFIX child restraint systems. 1-14 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ISOFIX child restraints include two rigid attachments that can be connected to two anchors located in the seat. With this system, you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint. Check your child restraint for a label stating that it is compatible with the ISOFIX child restraints. This information may also be in the instructions provided by the child restraint manufacturer. ISOFIX child restraints generally require the use of a top tether strap or other anti-rotation devices such as support legs. When installing ISOFIX child restraints, carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child restraints. (See “Child restraint installation using ISOFIX” (P.1-15).) Anchorage D15A1-75D98DA1-7089-4FFA-B05D-ED75C185A0FA location . CHILD RESTRAINT ANCHORAGE D15A1-2F353EF7-3CA5-4306-8442-8A5AC7700782 Your vehicle is designed to accommodate a child restraint system on the rear seat. When installing a child restraint system, carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child restraint system. WARNING: . . Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints. Under no circumstances are they to be used for adult seat belts, harnesses or for attaching other items or equipment to the vehicle. Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages. The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorage, and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision. The child restraint top tether strap may be damaged by contact with the cargo cover or items in the luggage area. Remove the cargo cover from the vehicle or secure it and any luggage. Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is damaged. WAB0002X The anchor points are located as illustrated. CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING ISOFIX D15A1-0993CDD3-0AB3-475E-8CE1-A5BFE9FAB88B WARNING: . . . . Attach ISOFIX child restraints only at the specified locations. For the ISOFIX lower anchor locations, see “ISOFIX child restraint system” (P.1-14). If a child restraint is not secured properly, your child could be seriously injured or killed in an accident. Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap to seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor. Do not secure a child restraint in the center rear seating position using the ISOFIX lower anchors. The child restraint will not be secured properly. Inspect the lower anchors by inserting your fingers into the lower anchor area and feeling to make sure there are no obstructions over the ISOFIX anchors, such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion material. The child restraint will not be secured properly if the ISOFIX anchors are obstructed. Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints. Under no circumstances are they to be used for adult seat belts, harnesses or for attaching other items or equipment to the vehicle. Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages. The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorage, and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision. Installation D15A1-4B0957C2-34AE-47ED-B909-321CC891FA8E on rear outboard seats Front-facing: GUID-F996AD4C-EBB1-43FF-A082-07E8EDDB9F39 Be sure to follow the manufacturer’s instructions for the proper use of your child restraint. Follow these steps to install a front-facing child restraint on the rear outboard seats using ISOFIX: SSS0646A Front-facing: Steps 1 and 2 1. Position the child restraint on the seat Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system . 1-15 2. 3. Secure the child restraint anchor attachments to the ISOFIX lower anchors . The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seat back. If necessary, remove the head restraint to obtain the correct child restraint fit. (See “Head restraints” (P.1-4).) If the head restraint is removed, store it in a secure place. Be sure to install the head restraint when the child restraint is removed. If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit, try another seating position or a different child restraint. 6. If the child restraint is equipped with other anti-rotation devices such as support legs, use them instead of the top tether strap following the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions. SSS0649A Rear-facing: Steps 1 and 2 1. 2. Position the child restraint on the seat . Secure the child restraint anchor attachments to the ISOFIX lower anchors . SSS0755A Front-facing: Step 7 7. 8. SSS0754A Front-facing: Step 4 4. 5. Shorten the rigid attachment to have the child restraint firmly tightened; press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback. If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap, route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point. (See “Child restraint anchorage” (P.1-15).) 1-16 Test the child restraint before you place the child in it . Push the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is held securely in place. Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the child restraint is loose, repeat steps 3 through 7. Rear-facing: GUID-F996AD4C-EBB1-43FF-A082-07E8EDDB9F39 Be sure to follow the manufacturer’s instructions for the proper use of your child restraint. Follow these steps to install a rear-facing child restraint on the rear outboard seats using ISOFIX: Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0756A Rear-facing: Step 3 3. 4. Shorten the rigid attachment to have the child restraint firmly tightened; press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback. If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap, route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point. (See “Child restraint anchorage” (P.1-15).) 5. If the child restraint is equipped with other anti-rotation devices such as support legs, use them instead of the top tether strap following the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions. SSS0758A SSS0647A Front-facing: Step 1 1. Front-facing: Step 4 Position the child restraint on the seat . 4. SSS0757A Rear-facing: Step 6 6. 7. Test the child restraint before you place the child in it . Push the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is held securely in place. Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the child restraint is loose, repeat steps 3 through 6. CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELT D15A1-88B65913-C497-4813-85DA-387E04EA1320 Installation on rear seats D15A1-BD49434F-1329-4217-B13F-291E826C3ED4 Front-facing: GUID-F996AD4C-EBB1-43FF-A082-07E8EDDB9F39 Be sure to follow the manufacturer’s instructions for the proper use of your child restraint. Follow these steps to install a front-facing child restraint on the rear seats using three-point type seat belt: Remove any additional slack from the seat belt; press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt. SSS0493A Front-facing: Step 2 2. 3. Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage. To prevent slack in the seat belt webbing, it is necessary to secure the seat belt in place with locking devices attached to the child restraint. SSS0638A Front-facing: Step 5 5. 6. Test the child restraint before you place the child in it . Push the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is held securely in place. Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the child restraint is loose, repeat steps 3 through 5. Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-17 Rear-facing: child restraint is loose, repeat steps 3 through 5. restraint. GUID-F996AD4C-EBB1-43FF-A082-07E8EDDB9F39 SSS0639A SSS0759A Rear-facing: Step 4 Rear-facing: Step 1 Be sure to follow the manufacturer’s instructions for the proper use of your child restraint. Follow these steps to install a rear-facing child restraint on the rear seats using three-point type seat belt: 1. Position the child restraint on the seat . 4. Remove any additional slack from the seat belt; press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt. SSS0658A SSS0654A Rear-facing: Step 2 2. 3. Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage. To prevent slack in the seat belt webbing, it is necessary to secure the seat belt in place with locking devices attached to the child 1-18 Rear-facing: Step 5 5. 6. Test the child restraint before you place the child in it . Push the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is held securely in place. Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) D15A1-33C3B6B4-4C4F-4C02-B8D3-E13829BAF5BB PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) D15A1-17232207-DAB5-4C49-986F-9CACB2FAA6F8 This Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) section contains important information concerning the driver’s and passenger’s supplemental front-impact air bags, supplemental side-impact air bags and pre-tensioner seat belts. Supplemental front-impact air bag system D15A1-5ED4D143-8D8A-4A77-BB38-6650BD18322C This system can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest area of the driver and/or front passenger in certain frontal collisions. The supplemental front-impact air bag is designed to inflate on the front where the vehicle is impacted. are too close to, or are against, the air bag modules during inflation. The air bags will deflate quickly after deployment. The SRS operates only when the ignition switch is in the “ON” position. When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position, the SRS air bag warning light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off. This indicates that the SRS is operational. (See “SRS air bag warning light” (P.1-22).) Supplemental side-impact air bag system (if equipped) D15A1-931BDBE2-9985-41F3-A607-F67C072B2A98 This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest and pelvis areas of the driver and front passenger in certain side-impact collisions. The supplemental side-impact air bag is designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted. The SRS is designed to supplement the accident protection provided by the driver’s and/or front passenger’s seat belts and is not designed to substitute for them. The SRS can help save lives and reduce serious injuries. However, inflating air bags may cause abrasions or other injuries. Air bags do not provide protection to the lower body. Seat belts should always be correctly worn and occupants should always be seated a suitable distance away from the steering wheel and the instrument panel. (See “Seat belts” (P.1-6).) The air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the occupants. The force of the air bags inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupants Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-19 WARNING: . . The supplemental front-impact air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a side impact, rear impact, rollover, or lower severity frontal collision. Always wear the seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in accidents. The seat belts and the supplemental front-impact air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat. The front-impact air bags inflate with great force. If you are unrestrained, leaning forward, sitting sideways, or out of position in any way, . SSS0131A SSS0006 SSS0132A SSS0007 you and your passengers are at greater risk of injury or death in an accident. You and your passengers may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the supplemental front-impact air bag if you are up against it when it inflates. Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practical from the steering wheel or instrument panel. Always use the seat belts. Keep hands on the outside of the steering wheel. Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could increase the risk of injury if the supplemental front air bag inflates. 1-20 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0008 WARNING: . . SSS0009 . Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window. Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms. Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations. Children may be severely injured or killed when the air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained. Never install a rear-facing child restraint system in the front seat. An inflating supplemental front-impact air bag could seriously injure or kill your child. (See “Child restraints” (P.1-10).) SSS0099 SSS0140 SSS0159 SSS0059A SSS0100 SSS0162 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-21 WARNING: . . . . . The supplemental side-impact air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a front impact, rear impact, rollover, or lower severity side collision. Always wear the seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in accidents. The seat belts and the supplemental side-impact air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat. The supplemental sideimpact air bags inflate with great force. If you and your passengers are unrestrained, leaning forward, sitting sideways, or out of position in any way, you and your passengers are at greater risk of injury or death in an accident. Do not allow anyone to place their hands, legs, or face near the supplemental sideimpact air bags on the sides of the seatback of the front seats. Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats to extend their hands out of the windows or lean against the doors. Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations. When sitting in the rear seats, do not hold onto the seatback of the front seats. If the supplemental side-impact air bags inflate, you may be seriously injured. Be especially careful with children, who should always be properly restrained. Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks. They may interfere with the supplemental side-impact air bag inflations. Pre-tensionerD15A1-E2914870-5B9F-4197-A582-116AE23B0B69 seat belt system The pre-tensioner system may activate with the supplemental air bag system in certain types of collisions. Working with the seat belt retractors, it helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions, helping to restrain front seat occupants. (See “Pre-tensioner seat belt system” (P.1-26).) Air bag warning label D15A1-4E4CA60F-08F0-4F36-959A-A1C0F36A8F77 WAB0003X Warning labels about the supplemental air bag system are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration. SRS air bag: GUID-F996AD4C-EBB1-43FF-A082-07E8EDDB9F39 The warning label is located on the surface of the passenger’s sun visor. WAB0022X The label warns: “NEVER use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it, DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD can occur.” In vehicles equipped with a front-impact passenger air bag system, use a rear-facing child restraint system only on the rear seats. When installing a child restraint system in your vehicle, always follow the child restraint system manufacturer’s instructions for installation. For additional information, see “Child restraints” (P.1-10). SRS air bag D15A1-E1046484-BC1B-4375-8935-AFDC18A208A0 warning light SPA1097 1-22 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system The supplemental air bag warning light, displaying in the instrument panel, monitors the circuits for the air bag systems, pretensioners and all related wiring. When the ignition switch is in the “ON”, the SRS air bag warning light illuminates for about 3 seconds and then turns off. This indicates that the SRS air bag systems are operational. If any of the following conditions occur, the air bag and/or pre-tensioner seat belt systems need servicing: . The SRS air bag warning light remains on after approximately 3 seconds. . The SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate at all. Under these conditions, the air bag and/or pretensioner seat belt systems may not operate properly. They must be checked and repaired. Contact a NISSAN dealer immediately. SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG SYSTEMS D15A1-91381D58-02AD-4301-98FF-DA7420D15AD9 WAB0025X 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Supplemental front-impact air bag modules Supplemental side-impact air bag modules (if equipped) Pre-tensioner seat belt retractors Satellite sensors (if equipped) Air bag Control Unit (ACU) WARNING: . Do not place any objects on the steering wheel pad, on the instrument panel, and near the front door finishers and the front seats. Do not place any objects between any occupants and the steering wheel pad, on the instrument panel, and near the front door finishers and the front seats. Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-23 . . . . . . a supplemental air bag inflates. Immediately after inflation, several supplemental air bag system components will be hot. Do not touch them: you may severely burn yourself. No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the supplemental air bag systems. This is to prevent accidental inflation of the supplemental air bags or damage to the supplemental air bag systems. Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle’s electrical system, suspension system, front end structure, and side panels. This could affect proper operation of the supplemental air bag systems. Tampering with the supplemental air bag systems may result in serious personal injury. Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel by placing materials over the steering wheel pad and above, around or on the instrument panel or by installing additional trim materials around the supplemental air bag systems. Work around and on the supplemental air bag systems should be done by a NISSAN dealer. The SRS wiring should not be modified or disconnected. Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the supplemental air bag systems. The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and/or orange for easy identification. When the air bags inflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard, followed by the release of smoke. This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire. Care should be taken not to 1-24 inhale it, as it may cause irritation and choking. Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly. Supplemental front-impact air bag system D15A1-9460E8D6-2EA9-49DC-B8FB-A6C61A3E2E24 The driver’s supplemental front-impact air bag is located at the center of the steering wheel. The passenger’s supplemental front-impact air bag is located at the instrument panel above the glove box. The supplemental front-impact air bag system is designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions, although it may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact. It may not inflate in certain frontal collisions. Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an indication of proper supplemental front-impact air bag system operation. Supplemental side-impact air bag system (if equipped) D15A1-AD090687-948D-4A34-990A-4EDF7903C334 collisions, although it may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity side impact. It may not inflate in certain side collisions. Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an indication of proper supplemental side-impact air bag system operation. SRS AIR BAG DEPLOYMENT CONDITIONS D15A1-764CFAD8-CDC2-477D-A472-22D29E4C3717 The SRS air bags activate in the event of a front or side impact in which the vehicle occupants may be severely injured even if they are wearing the seat belts properly. They may not activate when the crash energy is absorbed and/or distributed by the vehicle body. Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an indication of proper SRS air bag system operation. When the SRS air bag will deploy D15A1-38789F47-3340-42B6-8543-4073E65DE420 Supplemental GUID-F996AD4C-EBB1-43FF-A082-07E8EDDB9F39 front-impact air bags: The supplemental front-impact air bag system is designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions. Some examples are shown in the following illustrations. WAB0013X The supplemental side-impact air bag is located at the outside of the front seats’ seatbacks. The supplemental side-impact air bag system is designed to inflate in higher severity side Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system JVR0151X The supplemental front-impact air bag system will deploy in the event of an impact which exceeds a 25 km/h (16 MPH) frontal collision with a solid wall that does not move or deform. The supplemental front-impact air bag system may also deploy when the vehicle receives severe damage to the undercarriage. Supplemental side-impact air bags (if equipped): GUID-F996AD4C-EBB1-43FF-A082-07E8EDDB9F39 The supplemental side-impact air bag system is designed to inflate in higher severity side collisions. An example is shown in the following illustrations. Supplemental GUID-F996AD4C-EBB1-43FF-A082-07E8EDDB9F39 front-impact air bags: JVR0154X . . Striking a vehicle of the same class that is parked Crashing into a solid utility pole JVR0161X The supplemental side-impact air bag will deploy in the event of a side impact with a normal passenger vehicle that exceeds at a speed of 25 km/h (16 MPH). When the SRS air bag is unlikely to deploy D15A1-222B165C-E652-477A-840F-04ED9E673374 JVR0152X . . . The SRS air bags may not deploy in cases where the impact is not forceful enough to inflate the SRS air bags. For example, if the vehicle strikes an object, such as a parked vehicle or sign pole, which can move or deform on impact, the SRS air bags are unlikely to deploy. JVR0155X . . Running under the tail gate of a truck A frontal offset impact to the guard rails Hitting a curb, pavement edge or hard surface at high speed Falling into a deep hole or ditch Landing hard on the ground after jumping Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-25 Supplemental side-impact air bags (if equipped): GUID-F996AD4C-EBB1-43FF-A082-07E8EDDB9F39 Supplemental side-impact air bags (if equipped): GUID-F996AD4C-EBB1-43FF-A082-07E8EDDB9F39 JVR0163X JVR0156X . . A collision from the side at an angle A side impact with a two-wheeled vehicle . . A frontal offset impact to the guard rails A collision with a pole When the SRS air bag will not deploy D15A1-901941C8-072C-4BCB-B71E-6FE59544884A Once the SRS air bag has inflated, the air bag module will not function again if your vehicle collides with another vehicle or an object. Other examples where the SRS air bag will not deploy are shown in the following illustrations. Supplemental GUID-F996AD4C-EBB1-43FF-A082-07E8EDDB9F39 front-impact air bags: JVR0160X . . PRE-TENSIONER SEAT BELT SYSTEM D15A1-DB266FAA-0FF0-4D08-8D8B-A4F08BB31581 WARNING: . . JVR0157X . . A collision from the side impacting the vehicle engine room (luggage room) Vehicle rollover . JVR0159X . . A collision from the side or rear Vehicle rollover 1-26 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system A frontal collision with a parked or moving vehicle A rear collision The pre-tensioner seat belt cannot be reused after activation. It must be replaced together with the retractor and buckle as a unit. If the vehicle becomes involved in a collision but the pre-tensioner is not activated, be sure to have the pre-tensioner system checked and, if necessary, replaced by a NISSAN dealer. No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pre-tensioner seat belt system. This is to prevent accidental activation of the pre-tensioner seat belt or damage to the pre-tensioner seat belt system. . . Work around or on the pre-tensioner seat belt system should be done by a NISSAN dealer. The SRS wiring should not be modified or disconnected. Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the pretensioner seat belt system. If you need to dispose of the pre-tensioner seat belt system, or scrap the vehicle, contact a NISSAN dealer. Correct pre-tensioner disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual. Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury. The pre-tensioner system may activate with the supplemental air bag system in certain types of collisions. Working with the seat belt retractor, it helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions, helping to restrain front and rear seat occupants. The pre-tensioner is encased with the front seat belt’s retractor and anchor. These seat belts are used the same as conventional seat belts. When the pre-tensioner seat belt activates, a fairly loud noise may be heard, followed by the release of smoke. This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritation and choking. Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly. REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE D15A1-D0639600-4BF7-43B2-8895-BCE9B314674E WARNING: . . . Once the air bags have been inflated, the air bag modules will not function and must be replaced. The air bag modules must be replaced by a NISSAN dealer. The inflated air bag modules cannot be repaired. The air bag systems should be inspected by a NISSAN dealer if there is any damage to the front end portion of the vehicle. If you need to dispose of the SRS or scrap the vehicle, contact a NISSAN dealer. Correct disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual. Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury. The air bags and pre-tensioner seat belts are designed to activate on a one-time-only basis. As a reminder, unless the SRS air bag warning light is damaged, the SRS air bag warning light remains illuminated after inflation has occurred. The repair and replacement of the SRS should be done only by a NISSAN dealer. When maintenance work is required on the vehicle, information about the air bags, pretensioner seat belts and related parts should be pointed out to the person performing the maintenance. The ignition switch should always be in the “LOCK” position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle. Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-27 MEMO 1-28 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 2 Instruments and controls Cockpit .................................................................................................................. .... 2-2 Instrument panel .......................................................................................... .... 2-3 Meters and gauges ..................................................................................... .... 2-4 Speedometer ............................................................................................ .... 2-4 Tachometer ............................................................................................... .... 2-4 Fuel gauge .................................................................................................. .... 2-5 Gear shift indicator (if equipped) .............................................. .... 2-5 Instrument brightness control ................................................... .... 2-5 Warning lights, indicator lights and audible reminders ........................................................................................ .... 2-6 Checking lights ....................................................................................... .... 2-7 Warning lights .......................................................................................... .... 2-7 Indicator lights ........................................................................................ .... 2-9 Audible reminders ............................................................................. .... 2-10 Vehicle information display ............................................................... .... 2-11 Vehicle information display warnings and indicators ....................................................................................... .... 2-11 Trip computer ....................................................................................... .... 2-13 Clock and outside air temperature ..................................... .... 2-14 Headlight and turn signal switch ................................................. .... 2-15 Headlight switch ................................................................................. .... 2-15 Headlight aiming control ............................................................. .... 2-16 Turn signal switch ............................................................................. .... 2-16 Fog light switch (if equipped) ......................................................... .... Front fog lights ................................................................................. .... Rear fog light (if equipped) ...................................................... .... Wiper and washer switch ................................................................... .... Windshield wiper and washer switch ............................. .... Rain-sensing auto wiper system (if equipped) ........ .... Rear window wiper and washer switch (if equipped) ......................................................................................... .... Defogger switch ........................................................................................ .... Horn ..................................................................................................................... .... Windows ........................................................................................................... .... Power windows ................................................................................ .... Power outlet ............................................................................................... .... Storage .............................................................................................................. .... Glove box ............................................................................................... .... Card holder .......................................................................................... .... Cup holders (if equipped) ......................................................... .... Cargo cover ......................................................................................... .... Luggage hooks ................................................................................. .... Roof rack (if equipped) ......................................................................... .... Sun visors ........................................................................................................ .... Interior lights ................................................................................................ .... Front and rear room light ........................................................ .... Front map lights .............................................................................. .... Cargo room light ............................................................................. .... 2-17 2-17 2-17 2-17 2-17 2-18 2-19 2-19 2-19 2-20 2-20 2-21 2-22 2-22 2-22 2-23 2-23 2-24 2-24 2-25 2-25 2-26 2-26 2-26 > COCKPIT D15A1-DB2CDFE4-737A-458C-98A4-5563E736AFB8 *: **: WAA0023X 1. 2. 3. 4. Headlight and turn signal switch/Fog light switch* Steering wheel — Power steering — Horn — Driver’s supplemental front-impact air bag Wiper and washer switch/Trip computer mode switch Shift lever 2-2 Instruments and controls 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Push-button ignition switch (models with Intelligent Key system) Steering column switches** Ignition switch (models without Intelligent Key system) Headlight aiming control switch Instrument brightness control switch ECO mode switch* Cruise control MAIN switch*/Speed limiter MAIN switch* if equipped Refer to the NissanConnect Owner’s Manual (if equipped). INSTRUMENT PANEL D15A1-B51AE9EA-84C8-43CB-88D9-8B6EF86658ED 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. *: **: — Key card port* Defogger switch Power outlet USB (Universal Serial Bus) connection port/AUX (auxiliary) input jack Shift lever Push-button ignition switch (models with Intelligent Key system) Tilting steering wheel lock lever Ignition switch (models without Intelligent Key system) Hood lock release handle if equipped Refer to the NissanConnect Owner’s Manual (if equipped). WAA0024X 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Side ventilator Passenger’s front-impact air bag Center ventilator Hazard indicator flasher switch Power door lock switch Audio system** — Rear view monitor* — Around View Monitor* Heater and air conditioner control 8. 9. 10. 11. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)* — Cruise control switches — Speed limiter switches Meters and gauges Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side)* — Cruise control switches — Speed limiter switches Glove box — Fuse box Instruments and controls 2-3 METERS AND GAUGES D15A1-B1AEB184-BF62-47CF-A091-1C760F46DBDC SPEEDOMETER D15A1-AAC83075-E89F-4F94-BE1E-626249B91257 WAC0011X The speedometer indicates the vehicle speed. TACHOMETER D15A1-91A61FD5-DD5D-4219-8890-60FFEBD2E80E WAA0025X 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Tachometer Vehicle information display - Trip computer - Clock and outside air temperature - Warnings and indicators Speedometer/Gear shift indicator* Fuel gauge Warning and indicator lights Turn signals/hazard indicator lights 2-4 Instruments and controls *: if equipped The needle indicators may move slightly after the ignition switch is placed in the “OFF” or “LOCK” position. This is not a malfunction. WAC0012X Example The tachometer indicates the engine speed in revolutions per minute (rpm). Do not rev the engine into the red zone . The red zone varies with models. FUEL GAUGED15A1-1C712BA5-30E9-4629-B9C3-BDF27E432243 GEAR SHIFT GUID-ED2C7E51-1764-456D-B0C0-4BC69EA17C5B INDICATOR (if equipped) The indicator appears when upshifting or downshifting is recommended. The up or down arrow indicates the recommended shifting. See “Gear shift indicator” (P.5-10). INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CONTROL D15A1-75CDE4F1-AB71-481F-BB36-AA0AA8DD3195 WAC0013X The fuel gauge indicates the approximate fuel level in the tank when the ignition switch is in the “ON” position. The gauge may move slightly during braking, turning, accelerating, or going up and down hills due to movement of fuel in the tank. The low fuel warning light illuminates on the meter when the fuel level in the tank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it is convenient, preferably before the gauge reads the empty (0) position. The arrow, , indicates that the fuel-filler lid is located on the right side of the vehicle. WAC0014X The instrument brightness control can be operated when the ignition switch is in the “ON” position and the headlight switch is on. Turn the control up to brighten the meter panel lights. Turn the control down to dim the lights. CAUTION: Refuel before the gauge reads 0 (empty). There is a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge reads 0 (empty). Instruments and controls 2-5 WARNING LIGHTS, INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS D15A1-01AE4331-D28E-4FB3-8861-DB744FC3C608 2-6 Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light* Rear fog light indicator light* Brake warning light Cruise control on indicator light* Service indicator light Charge warning light ECO mode indicator light* Small light indicator light Door open warning light Front fog light indicator light* Speed limiter indicator light* Engine oil pressure warning light* Glow plug indicator light (diesel engine model) STOP indicator light High temperature warning light (red)* High beam indicator light Turn signals/hazard indicator lights Low fuel warning light Low beam indicator light Seat belt warning light Low temperature indicator light (blue) Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) air bag warning light Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) Instruments and controls *: if equipped CHECKING LIGHTS D15A1-04BA1C14-FC42-4D3B-8694-F7C4E5ED5BCB With all doors closed, apply the parking brake, fasten the seat belts and place the ignition switch in the “ON” position without starting the engine. The following lights (if equipped) will come on: , . The following lights (if equipped) will come on briefly and then go off: , , , , , , (red), , , . If any light does not come on or operates in a way other than described, it may indicate a burned-out bulb and/or a system malfunction. Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer. WARNING LIGHTS D15A1-828072D2-26BC-4788-ACD5-53E300A07CD5 Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light D15A1-E5BB8BF0-4438-4F1D-9AAB-502959EB89E9 When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position, the Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light illuminates and then turns off. This indicates the ABS is operational. If the ABS warning light illuminates while the engine is running, or while driving, it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly. Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer promptly. If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lock function is turned off. The brake system then operates normally, but without anti-lock assistance. (See “Brake system” (P.5-19).) Brake warning light D15A1-4B36ABF6-BAC4-4E80-8EC1-73BF6F892FA9 WARNING: . . . If the brake fluid level is below the minimum mark on the brake fluid reservoir, do not drive the vehicle until the brake system has been checked by a NISSAN dealer. Even if you judge it to be safe, have your vehicle towed because driving it could be dangerous. Depressing the brake pedal without the engine running and/or with a low brake fluid level could increase the stopping distance and require greater pedal travel distance and effort. The brake warning light indicates the parking brake system operation, a low brake fluid level of the brake system and an Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) malfunction. Parking brakeGUID-F996AD4C-EBB1-43FF-A082-07E8EDDB9F39 warning indicator: When the ignition switch is placed in the “ON” position, the brake warning light illuminates. When the parking brake is released, the brake warning light turns off. If the parking brake is not fully released, the brake warning light remains on. Be sure that the brake warning light has turned off before driving. (See “Parking brake” (P.3-17).) Low brake fluid warning indicator: GUID-F996AD4C-EBB1-43FF-A082-07E8EDDB9F39 If the brake warning light illuminates during braking with the STOP indicator light and a beep, it indicates that the fluid level in the brake system is low or that there is a braking system malfunction. Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible. Do not drive the vehicle and contact a NISSAN dealer. Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning indicator: GUID-F996AD4C-EBB1-43FF-A082-07E8EDDB9F39 When the parking brake is released and the brake fluid level is sufficient, if both the brake warning light and the Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light illuminate, it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly. Have the brake system checked, and if necessary repaired, by a NISSAN dealer promptly. (See “Antilock Braking System (ABS) warning light” (P.27).) Charge warning light D15A1-19785261-65C1-4F82-BDA4-38E8C7729252 When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position, the charge warning light illuminates and then turns off. This indicates the charging system is operational. If charge warning light illuminates with the STOP indicator light and a beep, this indicates an overload or discharge in the electrical circuit. Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible. Do not drive the vehicle and contact a NISSAN dealer. CAUTION: Do not continue driving if the alternator belt is loose, broken or missing. Door open warning light D15A1-6F4B9363-DAD6-4029-A500-D94DBCB6DA4C When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position, the door open warning light illuminates if any of the doors are open or not closed securely. Instruments and controls 2-7 Engine oil pressure warning light (if equipped) D15A1-137A2C03-1DCD-4BF7-8B54-5CC4C35C5078 When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position, the engine oil pressure warning light illuminates and then turns off. This indicates that the oil pressure sensors in the engine are operational. If the engine oil pressure warning light and STOP indicator light illuminate and a beep sounds while the engine is running, it may indicate that the engine oil pressure is low. Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible. Stop the engine immediately and contact a NISSAN dealer. CAUTION: . . . If the high temperature warning light illuminates while the engine is running, it may indicate the engine temperature is extremely high. Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible. If the vehicle is overheated, continuing vehicle operation may seriously damage the engine. (See “If your vehicle overheats” (P.6-10) for the immediate action required.) Low fuel warning light D15A1-F00C0D4D-F559-4E48-AF25-9C3A3C131684 CAUTION: . . Running the engine with the engine oil pressure warning light illuminated could cause serious damage to the engine. The engine oil pressure warning light is not designed to indicate a low oil level. The oil level should be checked using the dipstick. (See “Engine oil” (P.8-7).) High temperature warning light (red) (if equipped) When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position, the low fuel warning light illuminates and then turns off. The low fuel warning light illuminates when the fuel level in the tank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it is convenient, preferably before the fuel gauge reaches 0 (empty). There will be a small reserve of fuel remaining in the tank when the fuel gauge reaches 0 (empty). Seat belt warning light D15A1-ABDFAF7A-0C6C-4F57-9094-E436D8BFBCB3 D15A1-EF41BDB8-529D-47B8-9A07-90DF4FDB29A5 When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position, the high temperature warning light illuminates and then turns off. This indicates that the high temperature sensor in the engine coolant system is operational. When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position, the seat belt warning light illuminates. The light will continue to illuminate until the front seat belts are fastened. (See “Seat belts” (P.1-6).) When the vehicle speed exceeds 20 km/h (12 MPH), the light will blink and the chime will sound unless the front seat belts are securely fastened. The chime will continue to sound for about 95 seconds until the seat belt is fastened. 2-8 Instruments and controls Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) air bag warning light D15A1-F1363489-8AB6-4015-98F5-89FCF479FF09 When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position, the Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) air bag warning light illuminates for about 3 seconds and then turns off. This indicates the SRS air bag system is operational. If any of the following conditions occur, the SRS air bag system and pre-tensioner seat belt need servicing. Have the system checked, and if necessary repaired, by a NISSAN dealer promptly. . The SRS air bag warning light remains illuminated after about 3 seconds. . The SRS air bag warning light does not come on at all. Unless checked and repaired, the SRS air bag system and/or pre-tensioner seat belt may not function properly. (See “Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)” (P.1-19).) Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light (if equipped) D15A1-7AF51C03-4C9E-49D6-A350-D83A811B4072 When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position, the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light illuminates and then turns off. This indicates the VDC system is operational. The warning light blinks when the VDC system is operating. When the warning light blinks while driving, the driving condition is slippery and the vehicle’s traction limit is about to be exceeded. If the warning light illuminates when the ignition switch is placed in the “ON” position, it may indicate that the VDC system is not functioning properly and may need servicing. Have the system checked, and if necessary repaired, by a NISSAN dealer promptly. If a malfunction occurs in the system, the VDC system function will be cancelled but the vehicle is still driveable. (See “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system” (P.5-11).) High beam indicator light D15A1-08BB04C3-4AA4-419A-95B6-834C32C5DC45 The high beam indicator light illuminates when the headlight high beam is on. The indicator light turns off when the low beam is selected. (See “Headlight and turn signal switch” (P.2-15).) INDICATOR LIGHTS D15A1-A942E46D-BE5A-4311-98CA-37727E15A3F2 Cruise control on indicator light (if equipped) GUID-190BA66B-6DE0-4EDC-B641-835A23B01AFF The cruise control on indicator light indicates the activation of the cruise control system. (See “Cruise control” (P.5-14).) ECO mode indicator light (if equipped) GUID-2A59DC79-53E4-45BF-B0BD-875100AE0090 The ECO mode indicator light appears when the ECO mode system is turned on. (See “Eco mode” (P.5-10).) Front fog light indicator light (if equipped) D15A1-6833F4F8-CA74-4BC0-8700-9FD6EB13F77E The front fog light indicator light illuminates when the front fog lights are on. (See “Fog light switch” (P.2-17).) Low beam indicator light GUID-9A5DEF9C-F5F2-421F-974A-C7EB46F93183 The low beam indicator light illuminates when the headlight low beam is on. The indicator light turns off when either the position or the high beam is selected. (See “Headlight and turn signal switch” (P.2-15).) Low temperature indicator light (blue) GUID-304C1E98-E55A-467C-89A9-1D3A9BA22F71 The low temperature indicator light illuminates when the engine coolant temperature is low. If the low temperature indicator light stays illuminated after the engine has sufficiently warmed up, it may indicate the low temperature sensor in the engine coolant system is not functioning properly and may need servicing. Have the system checked, and if necessary repaired, by a NISSAN dealer promptly. Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) Glow plug indicator light (diesel engine model) D15A1-93F8D878-1F8B-425E-BEEE-AB5D336BF8EF CAUTION: GUID-8D744142-4286-492C-9B5C-24B3445C0820 When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position, the glow plug indicator light illuminates and turns off after the glow plugs have warmed up. If the glow plugs have already warmed up, the glow plug indicator flashes briefly and then turns off. . Continuing vehicle operation without proper servicing of the emission control system could lead to poor driveability, reduced fuel economy, and damage to the emission control system, which may affect the vehicle’s warranty coverage. . Incorrect setting of the emission control system may lead to non-compliance of local and national emission laws and regulations. When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position, the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) illuminates. After starting the engine, the MIL turns off. This indicates that the emission control system is operational. If the MIL illuminates or blinks while the engine is running, it may indicate a potential emission control system malfunction. In this case, the emission control system may not function properly and may need servicing. Have the system checked, and if necessary repaired, by an authorized dealer promptly. To reduce or avoid possible damage to the engine control system when the MIL illuminates or blinks: . Avoid driving at speeds above 70 km/h (43 MPH). . Avoid sudden acceleration or deceleration. . Avoid going up steep uphill grades. . Avoid carrying or towing unnecessary loads. Rear fog light indicator light (if equipped) D15A1-586AD187-4BDA-404F-810A-A7D2BEF0254F The rear fog light indicator light illuminates when the rear fog light is on. (See “Fog light switch” (P.2-17).) Instruments and controls 2-9 Service indicator light Turn signals/hazard indicator lights GUID-D27E827A-F941-4F7B-8D84-BFC768276BC7 D15A1-8926BE53-8209-46F4-9BD5-1D6B20E861AF The service indicator light illuminates when the ignition is switched “ON” and turns off after few seconds. It can illuminate in conjunction with other indicator lights and/or messages on the instrument panel. It means you should drive very carefully to a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible. If you fail to follow this recommendation, you risk damaging your vehicle. The turn signals/hazard indicator lights blink when the turn signal switch or hazard indicator flasher switch is turned on. (See “Headlight and turn signal switch” (P.2-15) or “Hazard indicator flasher switch” (P.6-2).) Small light indicator light D15A1-379BC1A5-E2E0-4DC5-B305-D5DD6A0BAB83 The small light indicator light illuminates when the front clearance lights, instrument panel lights, rear combination lights and license plate lights are on. The indicator light turns off when these lights are turned off. Speed limiter indicator light (if equipped) GUID-A38D774F-67A0-4B23-971D-05AC57689D22 The speed limiter indicator light illuminates in orange when the speed limiter MAIN switch is pushed. This indicator light will also illuminate in green when the cruise control MAIN switch is pushed. (See “Speed limiter” (P.5-12) and “Cruise control” (P.5-14).) STOP indicator light GUID-B41EB71F-6FAB-4D21-9F9E-7B1D10BC969C The STOP indicator light illuminates when the ignition is switched “ON” and turns off after few seconds. It comes on with other warning lights and/or messages, and is accompanied by a beep. It requires you to stop the vehicle immediately, for your own safety, as soon as traffic conditions allow. Turn off the engine and do not restart. Contact a NISSAN dealer. 2-10 Instruments and controls AUDIBLE REMINDERS D15A1-A009E3DB-9992-46A0-B722-3C434A39BFD9 Brake pad wear warning D15A1-E1AA219C-991B-4EE8-A33B-9D393A40B30D The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings. When a brake pad requires replacement, it will make a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion. This scraping sound will first occur only when the brake pedal is depressed. After more wear of the brake pad, the sound will always be heard even if the brake pedal is not depressed. Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear warning sound is heard. Have the system checked, and if necessary repaired, by a NISSAN dealer promptly. (See “Brakes” (P.8-11).) Door open reminder chime GUID-57105F44-A1C3-4BE5-8831-5D3AFE282915 When vehicle speed exceeds 20 km/h (12 MPH), the door open reminder chime will sound intermittently until the vehicle is stopped and the door is closed properly. Light reminder chime D15A1-11FC7780-F5D6-4D67-94A5-F9A260C5936B The light reminder chime will sound if the driver’s side door is opened and the headlight switch is in either the or position, and the ignition switch is in the “OFF” or “LOCK” position. Be sure to turn the headlight switch to the “OFF” or “AUTO” (if equipped) position when you leave the vehicle. Parking brake reminder chime D15A1-8D3EA4C7-8401-46EB-8174-95B595152ADE The parking brake reminder chime will sound if the vehicle is driven at speeds more than 7 km/h (4 MPH) with the parking brake applied. Stop the vehicle and release the parking brake. Speed warning chime (if equipped) GUID-27EC39AC-360A-4CFA-B189-659DD0973CF3 Primary warning: When vehicle speed exceeds 80 km/h (50 MPH), a chime will sound intermittently until the driver reduces the speed to less than 80 km/h (50 MPH). Secondary warning: When vehicle speed exceeds 120 km/h (75 MPH), a chime will sound continuously until the driver reduces the speed to less than 120 km/h (75 MPH), after which it will switch to the primary warning. VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY GUID-C724ED78-DCD2-4D5D-9385-1BEF75B0B6D1 When the ignition switch is placed in the “ON” position, the vehicle information display shows the warnings and informations. The following items are also displayed: . Trip computer . Clock and outside air temperature VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY WARNINGS AND INDICATORS GUID-9876BF69-E942-4C03-BD73-D5B4954BF89F The display message may vary depending on the vehicle’s equipment. Display message Possible cause, reason or action to take for the message BATTERY CHARGING FAULT Charge battery alert BOOT OPEN CHECK SPEED LIMITER Back door open while driving alert (vehicle speed exceeds 20 km/h) Speed limiter: failure CRUISE CONTROL XXX Cruise control: waiting for the target speed (speed in km/h) CRUISE CONTROL XXX DOOR OPEN Cruise control: set (speed in km/h) KEYCARD BATTERY LOW KEYCARD NOT RECOGNISED KEYCARD NOT DETECTED MEMORISED ---PARKING BRAKE ON Doors open while driving alert (vehicle speed exceeds 20 km/h) Charge level of the Intelligent Key battery alert The Intelligent Key inserted in the port not identified The Intelligent Key removed from the port with closed doors Speed limiter: suspended (speed in km/h) Parking brake applied while driving Instruments and controls 2-11 PRESS BRAKE +START PRESS CLUTCH +START 2-12 Press brake pedal to start the engine Failed start due to engaged gear Quick start assistance after stall, transmission in gear (without defect) start assistance: Request to start while declutching PLEASE INSERT KEYCARD The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle or the vehicle could not detect the intelligent key due to the flat battery, etc. POWER STEERING FAULT The hydraulic pump electric power steering is not functioning properly and may need servicing. Have the hydraulic pump electric power steering checked by an NISSAN dealer. SPEED LIMITER XXX Speed limiter: waiting for the target speed TURN STEERING WHEEL + START Push the ignition switch while lightly turning the steering wheel to release the steering lock Instruments and controls TRIP COMPUTER GUID-D936A7EF-177F-4385-91AC-E491547C2204 WAC0204X Type A WAC0024X Type B WAC0049X The trip computer display can be changed using the trip computer mode switch or (if equipped) located on the wiper and washer switch. Navigate through the items in the vehicle information display. Push the switch to change the display as follows: 1?2?3?4?5?6?7?8?1 Push the switch (if equipped) to change the display as follows: 8?7?6?5?4?3?2?1?8 Instruments and controls 2-13 1. OdometerGUID-6C6B9C0B-2B57-4BEA-8485-31BBBC0E6DD4 and trip odometer 6. Distance travelled since last reset (km) GUID-E685759F-8124-4E21-9E54-B882AA8E4F7E The odometer (upper digits) displays the total distance the vehicle has been driven. The trip odometer (lower digits) displays the distance of individual trips. The distance traveled since last reset mode shows the mileage from the last reset. 7. Average speed since last reset (km/h) GUID-472A07AA-51EC-426E-A286-12FBAC7ADCB4 2. Fuel usedGUID-DC9F4D5B-E329-4ABA-9067-5FC62C2E9841 (L) The average speed mode shows the average vehicle speed since the last reset. The fuel used mode shows the amount of the fuel consumed since the last reset. 8. Clock andGUID-C7472B42-9D1F-4DDB-B87E-D77EB1E30D48 outside air temperature 3. Average fuel consumption (AVG. km/l) GUID-CD1A5043-65CC-4123-91EA-3EC1593064B0 The average fuel consumption mode shows the average fuel consumption since the last reset. Resetting is done by pushing the trip computer mode switch or (if equipped) for longer than 1 second. The display is updated every 30 seconds. At about the first 500 m (1/3 miles) after a reset, the display shows “----”. 4. Current fuel consumption (km/l) GUID-87E4CA5E-A8E7-4045-AFAE-D758A2F2E9F6 The current fuel consumption mode shows the current fuel consumption. 5. Distance to empty (dte - km) GUID-EA08CAC5-6357-46DB-A1FF-2D72D13C5A71 The distance to empty (dte) mode provides you with an estimation of the distance that can be driven before refueling. The dte is constantly being calculated, based on the amount of fuel in the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption. The display is updated every 30 seconds. See “Clock and outside air temperature” (P.2-14). Resetting trip computer GUID-09756996-6D82-4D9B-A21B-BF1A78283E97 displayed when the ignition switch is in the “ON” position. Outside air temperature (°C) D15A1-F8DE6152-6F1C-4557-8A75-BC02A7CC1DF9 The outside air temperature is displayed in °C in the range of −40 to 60°C (−40 to 140°F ). Clock D15A1-73BBB080-5D5B-4282-B839-918F43E1BE59 If the battery cable is disconnected, the clock will reset its time and the correct time will not be indicated. Readjust the time. Adjusting time: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Resetting trip GUID-F996AD4C-EBB1-43FF-A082-07E8EDDB9F39 odometer: When the trip odometer is displayed, push the trip computer mode switch or (if equipped) until the trip odometer will be reset to zero. Resetting other trip computer items: GUID-F996AD4C-EBB1-43FF-A082-07E8EDDB9F39 To reset other trip computer items, select an item and push and hold the trip computer mode switch or (if equipped) until the relevant item will be reset to zero. CLOCK AND OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE D15A1-067E4995-3A8D-4629-961F-BC7A523A703A WAC0023X Type A WAC0105X WAC0025X The outside air temperature 2-14 Instruments and controls and clock are Type B To start the clock adjustment, push and hold HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH D15A1-218B17C5-422C-4FAE-99C4-AA3A74107073 the trip computer mode switch or (if equipped), while the clock is displayed, until the clock display begins to flash. To adjust the time, perform the following procedure. (if equipped) to move the Push the switch time forward. Push the switch to move the time backward. If equipped, push and hold each adjusting switch to move the time forward or backward continuously. automatically. CAUTION: Do not leave the lights on when the engine is not running for extended periods of time to prevent the battery from being discharged. HEADLIGHT D15A1-A8314E0E-EC8C-4483-813A-B5EB9E8CFC25 SWITCH WAC0039X CAUTION: WAC0026X NISSAN recommends that you consult the local regulations concerning the use of lights. Do not cover the sensor . The sensor senses the brightness level. If the sensor is covered, it reacts as if it is dark, and the headlights will illuminate. Headlight beam D15A1-C6912DCE-BB64-407E-9032-4B82D05D2D81 positionD15A1-F69BE745-A75E-4F65-8BE6-CB953D195A14 The position turns on the front clearance, instrument panel, tail and license plate lights. positionD15A1-E87178D3-B8DB-448C-9D82-DD49492DD1E4 The position turns on the headlights in addition to the other lights. AUTO position (if equipped) D15A1-43979C43-DB62-4B72-896A-EF451DB304CF When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position and the headlight switch is in the “AUTO” position, the headlights, front clearance lights, instrument panel lights, rear combination lights and other lights turn on automatically depending on the brightness of the surroundings. When the ignition switch is placed in the “OFF” or “LOCK” position, the lights will turn off WAC0028X To turn on the high beam, push the lever towards the front position . To turn off the high beam, return the lever to the neutral position . Instruments and controls 2-15 To flash the headlights, pull the lever towards the rearmost position . The headlights can be flashed even when the headlights are not on. If equipped, when the lever is pulled towards the rearmost position after the ignition switch is placed in the “OFF” or “LOCK” position, the headlight will turn on and stay on for 30 seconds. The lever can be pulled 4 times for up to 2 minutes. windshield of an oncoming vehicle, which may obscure other drivers’ vision. To adjust to the proper aiming height, turn the switch accordingly. The higher the number, designated on the switch, the lower the headlight axis. Select the switch position by referring to the following samples. HEADLIGHTD15A1-7B9E4C3F-A2CC-4ED2-A956-5B9A455030CF AIMING CONTROL Switch position Number of front seat occupants Number of rear seat occupants Weight of load in luggage compartment Manual typeD15A1-05B5057D-F8A6-49B3-964B-B510110B44BF 0 1 or 2 No occupants No load 1 2 3 No load 1 2 3 Full load 2 1 No occupants Full load TURN SIGNAL SWITCH D15A1-0284C232-D661-4199-8319-76842A7F3BCE Turn signal D15A1-F637B70F-8620-480C-9A5E-83FADC7CBE15 To turn on the turn signals, move the lever up or down to the point where the lever latches. When the turn is completed, the turn signal cancels automatically. Lane changeD15A1-26238332-8E1D-45A4-841A-29B1AD258990 signal WAC0030X The headlight aiming control operates when the ignition switch is in the “ON” position and the headlight is on to allow the headlight axis to be adjusted according to the driving condition. When driving with no heavy load/luggage or driving on a flat road, select the normal position “0”. If the number of occupants and load/luggage in the vehicle changes, the headlight axis may become higher than normal. If the vehicle is traveling on a hilly road, the headlights may directly shine on the rearview and outside mirrors of a vehicle ahead or the 2-16 Instruments and controls WAC0029X CAUTION: The turn signal switch will not be cancelled automatically if the steering wheel turning angle does not exceed the preset amount. After a turn or lane change, make sure that the turn signal switch is returned to its original position. To turn on the lane change signals, move the lever up or down to the point where the light begins to flash. If the lever is moved back right after moving up or down , the light will flash 3 times. To cancel the flashing, move the lever to the opposite direction. FOG LIGHT SWITCH (if equipped) WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH D15A1-4252B883-9406-48ED-9F33-1EF3F1027A14 D15A1-F6B8205F-DF3D-4522-92F0-97114EEC2749 NOTE: . If the headlight switch is turned to the 0 position, the front fog lights will turn off automatically. Cornering fogGUID-427ED9D4-27B0-4B94-9D62-E81A1C17E8B6 light function (if equipped) WAC0201X With front fog lights When taking a corner with the low beam headlights on, under certain conditions (at speed, the steering wheel at an angle, in forward gear, the indicator lights on, etc.), one of the front fog lights will come on to light the inside of the corner. WARNING: In freezing temperatures, the washer fluid may freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision. Warm the windshield with the defogger before you wash the windshield. CAUTION: . . REAR FOG LIGHT (if equipped) D15A1-C719C699-B0A3-4FAB-A8F9-318C55281E00 WAC0032X With front and rear fog lights FRONT FOGD15A1-94ACA168-7F97-45B0-95E6-F8AC40E833D2 LIGHTS To turn on the front fog lights, turn the headlight switch to the or or AUTO (if equipped) position, then turn the fog light switch to the position. The front fog lights and the indicator light on the instrument panel illuminate. For models with rear fog light, the fog light switch will return to the center position automatically. To turn the front fog lights off, turn the fog light switch to the 0 position (models without rear fog light), or turn the switch to the position again (models with rear fog light). The rear fog light should be used only when visibility is seriously reduced [generally, to less than 100 m (328 ft)]. To turn on the rear fog light, turn the headlight switch to the or AUTO (if equipped) position, then turn the fog light switch to the position. The rear fog light and indicator light on the instrument panel illuminate. The fog light switch will return to the position automatically. If the front fog lights are already turned on with the headlight switch in the position, you can turn on the rear fog light without first turning the headlight switch to the or AUTO (if equipped) position. To turn the rear fog light off, turn the fog light switch to the position again. . Do not operate the washer continuously for longer than 30 seconds. Do not operate the washer if the window washer fluid reservoir is empty. If the wiper operation is interrupted by snow or ice, the wiper may stop moving to protect its motor. If this occurs, turn the wiper switch to the “OFF” position and remove the snow or ice on and around the wiper arms. In approximately 1 minute, turn the switch on again to operate the wiper. WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH D15A1-B502F95A-B041-40B6-93BF-96CD4CBD3C3C NOTE: . If the headlight switch is turned to the 0 position, the rear fog light will turn off automatically. WAC0202X Type A Instruments and controls 2-17 Wiper drip wipeGUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F system: The wiper will also operate once about 3 seconds after the washer and wiper are operated. This operation is to wipe washer fluid that has dripped on the windshield. RAIN-SENSING AUTO WIPER SYSTEM (if equipped) GUID-472D7B1C-E97E-4FDD-A0CA-77FB605A6A3F CAUTION: . . WAC0203X Type B The windshield wiper and washer operate when the ignition switch is in the “ON” position. Wiper operation D15A1-09A5032E-B4FF-4FFF-AC03-6433AEEED0C7 The lever position “ ” (Type A) operates the wiper intermittently. The lever position “AUTO” (Type B) operates the rain sensing auto wiper system. (See “Rainsensing auto wiper system” (P.2-18).) The lever position “1” operates the wiper at low speed. The lever position “2” operates the wiper at high speed. To stop the wiper operation, move the lever up to the “0” position. Washer operation D15A1-FCA4580E-6687-43A6-B1FF-107489CBCCA6 To operate the washer, pull the lever toward the back of the vehicle until the desired amount of washer fluid is spread on the windshield. The wiper will automatically operate one time or several times. 2-18 Instruments and controls . WAC0016X The rain-sensing auto wiper system can automatically turn on the wipers and adjust the wiper speed depending on the rainfall and the vehicle speed by using the rain sensor located on the upper part of the windshield. To set the rain-sensing auto wiper system, push the lever down to the “AUTO” position . The wiper will sweep once while the ignition switch is in the “ON” position. The rain sensor sensitivity level can be adjusted by turning the knob toward the front (High) or toward the rear (Low). . High — High sensitive operation . Low — Low sensitive operation To turn the rain-sensing auto wiper system off, push up the lever to the “0” position, or pull down the lever to the “1” or “2” position. . . Do not touch the rain sensor and around it when the wiper switch is in the “AUTO” position and the ignition switch is in the “ON” position. The wipers may operate unexpectedly and cause an injury or may damage a wiper. The rain-sensing auto wipers are intended for use during rain. If the switch is left in the “AUTO” position, the wipers may operate unexpectedly when dirt, fingerprints, oil film or insects are stuck on or around the sensor. The wipers may also operate when exhaust gas or moisture affects the rain sensor. When the windshield glass is coated with water repellent, the speed of the rainsensing auto wipers may be higher even though the amount of the rainfall is small. Be sure to turn off the rain-sensing auto wiper system when you use a car wash. The rain-sensing auto wipers may not operate if rain does not hit the rain sensor even if it is raining. DEFOGGER SWITCH HORN D15A1-903DF46F-C343-47BC-B18A-DBDB39ABA97A D15A1-740A59C9-9303-49AF-A0E6-055033D41508 REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH (if equipped) D15A1-8A1C5C32-AC5D-4DBE-9460-8F3B8188AA2A WAC0036X WAC0035X The rear window wiper and washer operates when the ignition switch is in the “ON” position. Wiper operation D15A1-56427801-C9FE-41F7-8875-828459029DB8 The switch position “ ” operates the wiper intermittently. If the rear window wiper operation is interrupted by snow or ice, the wiper may stop moving to protect its motor. If this occurs, turn the wiper switch to the “OFF” position and remove the snow or ice on and around the wiper arms. In approximately 1 minute, turn the switch on again to operate the wiper. The defogger switch operates when the ignition switch is in the “ON” position. The defogger is used to reduce the moisture, fog or frost on the rear window surface to improve the rear views. When the defogger switch is pushed, the indicator light illuminates and the defogger operates for approximately 15 minutes. After the preset time has passed, the defogger will turn off automatically. To turn off manually, push the defogger switch again. CAUTION: . Washer operation D15A1-D6DDB7E0-B0BD-4012-A924-5CD172D46963 To operate the washer, turn the switch to the position “ ” until the desired amount of washer fluid is spread on the windshield. The wiper will automatically operate several times. JVI1569X The horn switch operates regardless of the ignition switch position except when the battery is discharged. When the horn switch is pushed and held, the horn will sound. Releasing the horn switch will cease the horn sound. . When operating the defogger continuously, be sure to start the engine. Otherwise, it may cause the battery to discharge. When cleaning the inner side of the window, be careful not to scratch or damage the electrical conductors on the surface of the window. Instruments and controls 2-19 WINDOWS D15A1-AE250EC0-8AE3-46C6-AB26-5B554B58D2DD POWER WINDOWS D15A1-4C28181D-15C4-4E83-B77C-CAC4827419BF WARNING: . . Make sure that all passengers have their hands, etc. inside the vehicle before operating the power windows. To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and or its systems, including entrapment in windows or inadvertent door lock activation, do not leave children, people who require the assistance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle. Additionally, the temperature inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people and pets. The power windows operate when the ignition switch is in the “ON” position. To open a window, push down the power window switch. To close a window, pull up the power window switch. Driver’s window switch D15A1-406320B7-4EEF-4ABF-A50F-CAA6EA59AD49 The driver’s switch, the main switch, can control all windows. Automatic function D15A1-9B742A93-33F3-4843-852E-7713CEADD5D1 Locking rear passengers’ windows: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F When the lock button is pushed in, the rear passengers’ windows cannot be operated. To cancel the rear passengers’ windows lock, push the lock button again. Passenger’sD15A1-9445E300-8AEF-4C87-B23A-82DB696E7584 window switch WAC0080X WAC0038X The passenger’s switch can control its corresponding window. When the rear passengers’ windows lock button on the driver’s switch is pushed in, the rear passenger’s switch cannot be operated. The automatic function is available for the switch that has an AUTO mark on its surface. The automatic function enables a window to fully open or close without holding the switch down or up. To fully open the window, push the power window switch down to the second detent and release the switch. To fully close the window, pull the power window switch up to the second detent and release the switch. The switch does not have to be held during window operation. To stop the window open/close operation during the automatic function, push down or pull up the switch in opposite directions. Window timer: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F The window timer allows the window switch to be operated for a period of time even if the ignition switch is placed in the “OFF” or “LOCK” position. The window timer will be canceled when the driver’s door is opened or the preset time has expired. WAC0037X 2-20 Instruments and controls POWER OUTLET D15A1-C8F9E2BB-D6BA-4FC3-8E0B-BB43F8EBDE5E Auto-reverse function: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F WARNING: not operate properly after performing the procedure above, have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer. There is a small distance just before the closed position which cannot be detected. Make sure that all passengers have their hands, etc. inside the vehicle before closing the windows. The auto-reverse function enables a window to automatically reverse when something is caught in the window as it is closing by the automatic function. When the control unit detects an obstacle, the window will be lowered immediately. Depending on the environment or driving conditions, the auto-reverse function may activate if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the window occurs. WAC0040X Front If the window does not close automatically D15A1-89E9016B-82D8-47EC-9036-B6A63D9DF2B5 If the power window automatic function (closing only) does not operate properly, perform the following procedure to initialize the power window system. 1. Start the engine. 2. Close the door. 3. After starting the engine, open the window completely by operating the power window switch. 4. Pull the power window switch and hold it to close the window, and then hold the switch more than 3 seconds after the window is closed completely. 5. Release the power window switch. Operate the window by the automatic function to confirm the initialization is complete. If the power window automatic function does WAC0072X Rear To use the power outlet, pull up the cover as illustrated. CAUTION: . . . The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use. This power outlet is not designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit. Do not use with accessories that exceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) power draw. Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory. Instruments and controls 2-21 STORAGE D15A1-7505B926-4D14-4901-9E16-595CE0845367 . . . . . . Use power outlet with the engine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery. Avoid using power outlet when the air conditioner, headlights or rear window defogger is on. Before inserting or disconnecting a plug, be sure to turn off the power switch of the electrical accessory being used and the ignition switch. Push the plug in as far as it will go. If good contact is not made, the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may blow. Do not allow water to contact the outlet. When not in use, be sure to close the cap. WARNING: . . The storages should not be used while driving so that the full attention may be given to vehicle operation. Keep the storage lids closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or sudden stop. GLOVE BOXD15A1-C5079549-DB0E-425B-ADCC-892780E9CA4D JVI0287X To open the glove box, pull the handle. To close, push the lid in until the lock latches. The glove box can be used as a cool box. To use the cooling function: 1. Start the engine. 2. Turn the air conditioner on. 3. Open the glove box lid from the front passenger’s seat. 4. Push the lever down to enable the cooling air inside the glove box, pull the lever up to disable the cooling air inside the glove box. 5. Put items in the box and close the lid. The cooling function only activates when the air conditioner is on. . The airflow coming from the glove box ventilator is the same temperature as the air conditioner. The temperature cannot be set independently. . When the heater or the air conditioner is working in high temperature, the cooling function will not work even if the glove box ventilator is opened. CARD HOLDER D15A1-BD938770-CACB-47F7-A490-52C9BD2307B1 Cool box function GUID-03B29583-06DA-48F5-8449-83B93C81BCBE WAC0042X Driver’s side WAC0041X 2-22 Instruments and controls The card holder is located on the driver’s sun visor. To use the card holder, slide a card in the card holder. Soft bottle holder GUID-85F223BF-17D9-442F-AE1D-C40FA95D5B8C CARGO COVER D15A1-67291F55-417E-4331-AB85-34A17ED454BC CUP HOLDERS (if equipped) D15A1-F1D72A33-91A5-4902-86FC-7439878ED485 WARNING: WARNING: . The driver must not remove or insert cups into the cup holder while driving so that full attention may be given to vehicle operation. . CAUTION: . Avoid abrupt starting and braking especially when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the contents. If the contents are hot, they could scald you or your passengers. Rear WAC0043X Front D15A1-E80F2716-7269-4828-8FA8-097AFEB8510C JVI1628X Rear WAC0048X Soft bottle holders are located on the front and rear doors. Pull the armrest down as shown. CAUTION: . . Do not use bottle holder for any other objects that could be thrown about in the vehicle and possibly injure people during sudden braking or an accident. Do not use bottle holder for open liquid containers. Never put anything on the cargo cover, no matter how small. Any object on it could cause an injury in an accident or sudden stop. Do not leave the cargo cover in the vehicle with it disengaged from the holder. The child restraint top tether strap may be damaged by contact with the cargo cover or items in the luggage area. Remove the cargo cover from the vehicle or secure it and any luggage. Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is damaged. — If the cargo cover contacts the top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor, remove the cargo cover from the vehicle or secure it on the cargo floor below its attachment location. If the cargo cover is not removed, it may damage the top tether strap during a collision. — Do not allow cargo to contact the top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor. Properly secure the cargo so it does not contact the top tether strap. Cargo that is not properly secured or that contacts the top tether strap may damage the top tether strap during a collision. The cargo cover keeps the luggage compartment contents hidden from the outside. Instruments and controls 2-23 ROOF RACK (if equipped) D15A1-46CF5866-F415-4751-8F62-E33848ABC306 LUGGAGE HOOKS D15A1-1B6B03B1-967B-46CD-A5CF-A2D7E72963DD WAC0046X WAC0045X The luggage hooks luggage area. are located in the CAUTION: . . JVI0292X To remove the cargo cover: 1. Remove the straps from the back door. 2. Remove the outer cargo cover from the holders . Then remove the inner cargo cover from the holders, if necessary. . Always make sure that the luggage is properly secured. Use the suitable ropes and hooks. Unsecured luggage can become dangerous in an accident or sudden stop. Do not apply a total load of more than 3 kg (7 lb) to a single hook . Do not apply any load directly to the roof side rails. Cross bars must be installed before applying load/cargo/luggage to the roof of the vehicle. Concerning cross bars, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for additional information. The service load capacity for the roof side rails is 30 kg (65 lb), however do not exceed the accessory cross bars load capacity. WARNING: . . . 2-24 Instruments and controls Always install the cross bars onto the roof side rails before loading cargo of any kind. Loading cargo directly onto the roof side rails or the vehicle’s roof may cause vehicle damage. Drive extra carefully when the vehicle is loaded at or near the cargo carrying capacity, especially if the significant portion of that load is carried on the roof rack. Heavy loading of the roof rack has the potential to affect the vehicle stability and handling during sudden or unusual handling maneuvers. SUN VISORS INTERIOR LIGHTS D15A1-DE6C9486-A891-4CE9-85EA-4990109A028C . . . Roof rack load should be evenly distributed. Do not exceed maximum roof rack load weight capacity. Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting. In a sudden stop or collision, unsecured cargo could cause personal injury. D15A1-B2421D01-116A-4BF7-A7F6-3E979908B4FE CAUTION: . . Do not leave the light switch on when the engine is not running for extended periods of time to prevent the battery from being discharged. Turn off the lights when you leave the vehicle. WAC0047X Front SIC2872 1. 2. To block out glare from the front, swing down the sun visor . To block glare from the side, remove the sun visor from the center mount and swing it to the side . WAC0070X Rear Instruments and controls 2-25 FRONT ANDD15A1-D3E36197-23C8-4842-80EB-9065C29B9D01 REAR ROOM LIGHT The room light has a three-position switch . When the switch is in the “ON” position , the room light illuminates. When the switch is in the “DOOR” position , the room light illuminates when a door is opened. The interior light timer will keep the room light on for a period of time when: . The key is removed from the ignition switch with the driver’s door closed. (model without Intelligent Key system) . The ignition switch is placed in the “LOCK” position. (model with Intelligent Key system) . The doors are unlocked by pushing the “UNLOCK” button (on the remote controller or Intelligent Key) or the request switch (Intelligent Key system equipped models), with the ignition switch in the “LOCK” position. . Any door is opened and then closed with the ignition switch in the “LOCK” position and without the key in the ignition switch. (model without Intelligent Key system) . Any door is opened and then closed with the ignition switch in the “LOCK” position. (model with Intelligent Key system) The interior light timer will be cancelled when: . The driver’s door is locked. . The ignition switch is placed in the “ON” position. When the switch is in the “OFF” position , the room light does not illuminate, regardless of any condition. 2-26 Instruments and controls Lead me to GUID-E974E440-7E0D-434D-8CE5-1DA83031DF9C car function (if equipped) WAC0096X When the “ ” button on the Intelligent Key is pushed with the ignition switch is in the “LOCK” position, the room light will turn on and stay on for a period of time. Pushing the “ ” button again to turn of the room light. NOTE: The lead me to car function can be cancelled ” button . by pushing the “ FRONT MAP GUID-CCB171EC-7446-4C47-AA3D-A96E9686535F LIGHTS To turn on the front map light , push the on switch , and the light illuminates. To turn off, push the off switch . CARGO ROOM LIGHT D15A1-E6D9139D-714D-4C69-9FE0-0EF26402759B The cargo room light illuminates when the back door is opened. When the back door is closed, the light will turn off. 3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments Keys ......................................................................................................................... .... 3-2 NISSAN Anti-Theft System (NATS) key (if equipped) ............................................................................................... .... 3-2 Intelligent Key (if equipped) .......................................................... .... 3-2 Doors ...................................................................................................................... .... 3-3 Locking with key .................................................................................... .... 3-3 Locking with power door lock switch .................................. .... 3-3 Vehicle speed sensing door lock mechanism ............... .... 3-4 Impact sensing door lock releasing mechanism ........ .... 3-4 Child safety rear door lock ............................................................ .... 3-4 Remote keyless entry system (if equipped) ............................ .... 3-4 Using remote keyless entry system ....................................... .... 3-5 Intelligent Key system (if equipped) .............................................. .... 3-5 Operating range .................................................................................... .... 3-7 Using Intelligent Key system ........................................................ .... 3-7 Troubleshooting guide ..................................................................... .... 3-9 Using remote keyless entry function ................................. .... 3-10 Hazard indicator operation ........................................................ .... 3-10 Security system .......................................................................................... .... NISSAN Anti-Theft System (NATS) ...................................... .... Hood .................................................................................................................... .... Opening hood .................................................................................... .... Closing hood ....................................................................................... .... Back door ........................................................................................................ .... Opening back door ........................................................................ .... Closing back door ........................................................................... .... Back door release lever .............................................................. .... Fuel-filler lid ................................................................................................... .... Opening fuel-filler lid .................................................................... .... Fuel-filler cap ...................................................................................... .... Steering wheel ............................................................................................ .... Tilt operation ...................................................................................... .... Mirrors ................................................................................................................ .... Inside rearview mirror ................................................................. .... Outside rearview mirrors .......................................................... .... Vanity mirror ....................................................................................... .... Parking brake ............................................................................................... .... 3-12 3-12 3-12 3-13 3-13 3-13 3-14 3-14 3-14 3-15 3-15 3-15 3-15 3-15 3-16 3-16 3-16 3-17 3-17 KEYS D15A1-26997D54-98E9-47F6-A30B-EB8B80EB4A7F Your vehicle can only be driven with the keys specific to your vehicle. A key number plate is supplied with your key. Record the key number and keep the key number plate in a safe place, except in the vehicle, in case of the need to duplicate the keys. The key can only be duplicated using an original key or the original key number. The key number is required when you have lost all of the keys and do not have the original key to duplicate from. If the key is lost, or you need extra keys, provide an original key or the key number to a NISSAN dealer. CAUTION: Do not leave the keys inside the vehicle when leaving the vehicle. The new keys must be registered by a NISSAN dealer prior to use with the NATS of your vehicle. Since the registration process requires erasing all memory in the NATS components when registering new keys, be sure to take all NATS keys that you have to the NISSAN dealer. CAUTION: . *: Immobilizer . INTELLIGENT KEY (if equipped) D15A1-6B940429-FDF2-41D1-8475-8D7DD9A87880 WAD0004X 1. 2. WAD0003X 3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments CAUTION: Do not allow the NATS key, which contains an electrical transponder, to come into contact with water or salt water. This could affect the system function. NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM (NATS*) KEY (if equipped) D15A1-8626FF76-DCA1-4147-9AB5-E06C301084B2 1 NATS key (2) 2 Key number plate Your vehicle can only be driven with the NATS keys, which are registered to your vehicle’s NATS components. As many as 4 NATS keys can be registered and used with one vehicle. prior to use with the Intelligent Key system and NATS of your vehicle. Since the registration process requires erasing all memory in the Intelligent Key components when registering new keys, be sure to take all Intelligent Keys that you have to the NISSAN dealer. *: Immobilizer Intelligent Key (2) Mechanical key (inside the Intelligent Key) (2) 3. Key number plate Your vehicle can only be driven with the Intelligent Keys, which are registered to your vehicle’s Intelligent Key system components and NISSAN Anti-Theft System (NATS*) components. As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle. The new keys must be registered by a NISSAN dealer Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you. Do not leave the vehicle with the Intelligent Key inside. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when driving. The Intelligent Key is a precision device with a built-in transmitter. To avoid damaging it, please note the following. — The Intelligent Key is water resistant; however, wetting may damage the Intelligent Key. If the Intelligent Key gets wet, immediately wipe until it is completely dry. — Do not bend, drop or strike it against another object. — If the outside temperature is below −10°C (14 °F), the battery of the Intelligent Key may not function properly. — Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in a place where temperatures exceed 60°C (140°F). — Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key. — Do not use a magnet key holder. — Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field such as a TV, audio equipment and personal computers. DOORS D15A1-EB526B21-C49A-4D84-977C-6731136A3558 . — Do not allow the Intelligent Key to come into contact with water or salt water, and do not wash it in a washing machine. This could affect the system function. If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelligent Key. This will prevent the Intelligent Key from unauthorized use to unlock the vehicle. For information regarding the erasing procedure, please contact a NISSAN dealer. Mechanical D15A1-679F262F-4F4A-4C2A-B9F3-B1282A58EFB6 key WARNING: . . Always look before opening any doors, to avoid an accident with oncoming traffic. To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and or its systems, including entrapment in windows or inadvertent door lock activation, do not leave children, people who require the assistance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle. Additionally, the temperature inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people and pets. LOCKING WITH KEY D15A1-EABFEFD4-C9D9-4513-ABEB-6674D6999B8D LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH D15A1-C7EADB00-4DE8-4897-9B93-CF6FBD217578 WAD0019X Operating the power door lock switch, located on the instrument panel., will lock or unlock all the doors. To lock the doors, push the power door lock switch with all doors closed. CAUTION: . WAD0005X To remove the mechanical key, push the lock knob at the side of the Intelligent Key. To install the mechanical key, firmly insert it into the Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns to the lock position. Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock the doors. (See “Doors” (P.3-3).) . WAE0242X To lock the front passenger’s door, insert the key to the door cylinder and turn the key counterclockwise . To unlock the door, turn the key clockwise . To lock or unlock the other doors, use the power door lock switch, the remote controller (if equipped) or the Intelligent Key (if equipped). When locking the doors using the power door lock switch, be sure not to leave the key in the vehicle. When the Intelligent Key (if equipped) is left in the vehicle while the driver’s door is opened and you try to lock the door using the power door lock switch after getting out of the vehicle, all the doors will unlock automatically after the power door lock switch is operated. To unlock, push the power door lock switch again. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM (if equipped) D15A1-4D5AD9DB-0062-48F5-8791-69286B9F5A81 VEHICLE SPEED SENSING DOOR LOCK MECHANISM D15A1-38C279BF-202D-47CF-9BC4-049AA289C352 CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK D15A1-ADD70D42-8303-42F0-A0E3-3C53E818F4E7 All doors will be locked automatically when the vehicle speed reaches 7 km/h (4 MPH). Once the lock has been unlocked, while driving, the vehicle speed sensing door lock mechanism will not lock the door again unless one of the following is performed. . Opening any doors. . Placing the ignition switch in the “LOCK” position. To activate or deactivate vehicle speed sensing door lock mechanism D15A1-CCC27185-B93A-44AF-8619-F966A78CF5B3 To activate or deactivate the door lock mechanism, perform the following procedures. 1. With the engine running, push and hold the power door lock switch for 4 seconds. 2. The message will appear as follows in the vehicle information display if the switching operation is successful: . AUTO DOOR LOCK ON — activated . AUTO DOOR LOCK OFF — deactivated WAD0007X The child safety rear door locks help prevent rear doors from being opened accidentally, especially when small children are in the vehicle. When the levers are in the lock position , the child safety rear door locks engage and the rear doors can only be opened by the outside door handles. To disengage, move the levers to the unlock position . The remote keyless entry system can operate all door locks using the remote controller. The remote controller can operate at a distance of approximately 1 m (3.3 ft) away from the vehicle. The operating distance depends upon the conditions around the vehicle. As many as 4 remote controllers can be used with one vehicle. For information about the purchase and use of additional remote controllers, contact a NISSAN dealer. The remote controller will not function under the following conditions: . When the distance between the remote controller and vehicle is more than approximately 1 m (3.3 ft). . When the remote controller battery is discharged. . When the key is in the ignition switch. CAUTION: . . IMPACT SENSING DOOR LOCK RELEASING MECHANISM D15A1-4008906F-C98A-4425-A3EA-C456FB5028FB All doors will be unlocked automatically when the impact sensors sense an impact while the ignition switch is in the “ON” position. . . . . When locking the doors using the remote controller, be sure not to leave the key in the vehicle. Do not allow the remote controller, which contains electrical components, to come into contact with water or salt water. This could affect the system function. Do not drop the remote controller. Do not strike the remote controller sharply against another object. If the outside temperature is below −10°C (14°F), the battery of the remote controller may not function properly. Do not place the remote controller for an extended period in an area where temperatures exceed 60°C (140°F). If a remote controller is lost or stolen, NISSAN 3-4 Pre-driving checks and adjustments INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM (if equipped) D15A1-FC296357-4B62-4F10-8E84-9DD2A3C8C3B6 recommends erasing the ID code of that remote controller from the vehicle. This may prevent the unauthorized use of the remote controller to unlock the vehicle. For information regarding the erasing procedure, contact a NISSAN dealer. For information regarding the replacement of a battery, see “Remote controller battery” (P.8-17). USING REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM D15A1-D46DA053-8288-43B1-99DB-019797F653AD CAUTION: After locking the doors using the remote controller, be sure that the doors have been securely locked by operating the door handles. Unlocking doors D15A1-CBDCE4B1-1D60-4751-AE87-CB506FCCEB50 1. Push the “UNLOCK” button on the remote controller. 2. All doors will be unlocked. All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 30 seconds after pushing the “UNLOCK” button . . Opening any doors. . Inserting the key into the ignition switch. Hazard indicator operation D15A1-F7798145-F60E-4341-805A-2A6DFF918831 WAD0008X UNLOCK button LOCK button Locking doors D15A1-2BFC8BDE-3B87-4A39-8FC9-5702C38812D3 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the key from the ignition switch. Close all doors. Push the “LOCK” button on the remote controller. All doors will be locked. Operate door handles to confirm that the doors have been securely locked. When you lock or unlock the doors, the hazard indicator will flash as a confirmation. . “LOCK”: The hazard indicator flashes twice. . “UNLOCK”: The hazard indicator flashes once. WAD0004X 1. 2. 3. Intelligent Key (2) Mechanical key (inside the Intelligent Key) (2) Key number plate WARNING: . . Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment. Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influences before use. The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pushed. The radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and communication systems. Do not operate the Intelligent Key while on an airplane. Make sure the buttons are not operated unintentionally when the unit is stored during a flight. The Intelligent Key system can be used to operate all the doors (including the back door) with the remote controller function or by pushing the request switch on the vehicle without taking the key out from a pocket or purse. The operating environment and/or conditions may affect the Intelligent Key system Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-5 operation. Be sure to read the following before using the Intelligent Key system. CAUTION: . . Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehicle. Never leave the Intelligent Key in the vehicle when you leave the vehicle. The Intelligent Key is always communicating with the vehicle as it receives radio waves. The Intelligent Key system transmits weak radio waves. Environmental conditions may interfere with the operation of the Intelligent Key system under the following operating conditions. . When operating near a location where strong radio waves are transmitted, such as a TV tower, power station and broadcasting station. . When in possession of wireless equipment, such as a cellular telephone, transceiver, and CB radio. . When the Intelligent Key is in contact with or covered by metallic materials. . When any type of radio wave remote control is used nearby. . When the Intelligent Key is placed near an electric appliance such as a personal computer. In such cases, correct the operating conditions before using the Intelligent Key function or use the mechanical key. Although the life of the battery varies depending on the operating conditions, the battery’s life is approximately 2 years. If the battery is discharged, replace it with a new one. When the Intelligent Key battery is almost discharged, see “Intelligent Key battery dis- 3-6 Pre-driving checks and adjustments charge” (P.5-6) to start the engine. Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiving radio waves, if the key is left near equipment which transmits strong radio waves, such as signals from a TV and personal computer, the battery life may become shorter. For information regarding replacement of a battery, see “Intelligent Key battery” (P.8-18). Because the steering wheel is locked electrically, unlocking the steering wheel is impossible when the vehicle battery is completely discharged. Pay special attention that the vehicle battery is not completely discharged. As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be used with one vehicle. For information about the purchase and use of additional Intelligent Keys, contact a NISSAN dealer. CAUTION: . . . . . . . Do not allow the Intelligent Key, which contains electrical components, to come into contact with water or salt water. This could affect the system function. Do not drop the Intelligent Key. Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object. Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key. Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key. If the Intelligent Key gets wet, immediately wipe until it is completely dry. If the outside temperature is below −10°C (14°F), the battery of the Intelligent Key may not function properly. Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where temperatures exceed 60°C (140°F). . . Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet. Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field, such as a TV, audio equipment and personal computers. If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelligent Key from the vehicle. This may prevent the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle. For information regarding the erasing procedure, contact a NISSAN dealer. The Intelligent Key function can be disabled. For information about disabling the Intelligent Key function, contact a NISSAN dealer. . OPERATING RANGE D15A1-79523823-E89F-4B5D-A69F-959FBA7C1E24 SPA2074 The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range from the request switch . When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operating location, the Intelligent Key system’s operating range becomes narrower, and the Intelligent Key may not function properly. The operating range is within 80 cm (31.50 in) from each request switch . If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door glass, handle or rear bumper, the request switches may not function. When the Intelligent Key is within the operating range, it is possible for anyone, even someone who does not carry the Intelligent Key, to push the request switch and lock/unlock the doors. USING INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM D15A1-617CCC55-66D7-433D-B927-62447BC311CC WAD0010X . . . SPA2408 The request switch will not function under the following conditions: . When the Intelligent Key is left inside the vehicle . When the Intelligent Key is not within the operational range . When any door is open or not closed securely . When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position . . Do not push the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key held in your hand as illustrated. The close distance to the door handle will cause the Intelligent Key system to have difficulty recognizing that the Intelligent Key is outside the vehicle. After locking the doors using the door handle request switch, make sure that the doors have been securely locked by operating the door handles. When locking the doors using the door handle request switch, make sure to have the Intelligent Key in your possession before operating the door handle request switch to prevent the Intelligent Key from being left in the vehicle. The door handle request switch is operational only when the Intelligent Key has been detected by the Intelligent Key system. To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left inside the vehicle or the luggage room, make sure you are carrying the key with you and then lock the doors. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-7 . Do not pull the door handle before pushing the door handle request switch. The door will be unlocked but will not open. Release the door handle once and pull it again to open the door. Lockout protection: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F To prevent the Intelligent Key from being accidentally locked in the vehicle, lockout protection is equipped with the Intelligent Key system. . When the Intelligent Key is left in the vehicle while the driver’s door is opened and you try to lock the door using the power door lock switch after getting out of the vehicle, all the doors will unlock automatically after the door is closed. CAUTION: The lockout protection may not function under the following conditions: WAD0011X When you carry the Intelligent Key with you, you can lock or unlock all doors and the back door by pushing the door handle request switch (driver’s or front passenger’s) within the range of operation. When you lock or unlock the doors, the hazard indicator will flash as a confirmation. For details, see “Hazard indicator operation” (P.3-10). Locking doors D15A1-46A34B66-C7EC-44ED-B6E4-34709BCF1EB0 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Push the ignition switch to the “LOCK” position. Carry the Intelligent Key with you. Close all doors. Push the door handle request switch . All doors and the back door will be locked. Operate door handles to confirm that the doors have been securely locked. 3-8 Pre-driving checks and adjustments When the Intelligent Key is placed on top of the instrument panel. . When the Intelligent Key is placed on the cargo cover. . When the Intelligent Key is placed inside of the glove box. . When the Intelligent Key is placed inside of the door pockets. The lockout protection may function when the Intelligent Key is outside the vehicle but is too close to the vehicle. . Unlocking doors D15A1-4C06CE36-CA33-4E53-96FA-D9242916BE3F 1. 2. 3. Carry the Intelligent Key with you. Push the door handle request switch . All doors and the back door will be unlocked. If a door handle is pulled while unlocking the doors, that door may not be unlocked. Returning the door handle to its original position will unlock the door. If the door does not unlock, after returning the door handle, push the door handle request switch to unlock the door. Automatic relock: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 30 seconds after pushing the request switch while the doors are locked. . Opening any doors. . Pushing the ignition switch. If during the preset time period the “UNLOCK” button on the Intelligent Key is pushed, all doors will be locked automatically after the next preset time. TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE D15A1-5A1782C3-C48A-416C-BE3D-7DD3A7E9F25E Symptom When pushing the request switch or the “LOCK” button on the Intelligent Key to lock the door When pushing the ignition switch to start the engine Possible cause Action to take All the doors unlock. The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle or the luggage room. Carry the Intelligent Key with you. The “KEYCARD BATTERY LOW” message appears in the vehicle information display. The battery charge is low. Replace the battery with a new one. (See “Intelligent Key battery” (P.8-18).) The “PLEASE INSERT KEYCARD” message appears in the vehicle information display. The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle or the vehicle could not detect the intelligent key due to the flat battery, etc. Carry the Intelligent Key with you. To start the engine, insert the Intelligent Key into the Intelligent Key port. (See “Intelligent Key battery discharge” (P.5-6).) Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-9 USING REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION D15A1-2AE42741-EBE2-4FE8-BF1B-689F0094ACB4 Locking doors D15A1-7ABF6AB4-A10F-45F7-A6A2-FD87D2681DAF Opening back door GUID-6C979846-0A2B-4876-B091-7941DE2C0E05 1. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Place the ignition switch in the “LOCK” position and carry the Intelligent Key. Close all doors (including the back door). Push the “LOCK” button on the Intelligent Key. All doors will be locked. Operate the door handles to confirm that the doors have been securely locked. CAUTION: WAD0013X UNLOCK button LOCK button BACK DOOR button button Operating range D15A1-D3BB5654-7185-45AE-9C12-C3962F5F9FD5 The remote keyless entry system allows you to lock/unlock all doors and opening the back door. The operating distance depends upon the conditions around the vehicle. To securely operate the buttons, approach the vehicle to about 1 m (3.3 ft) from the door. The remote keyless entry system will not function under the following conditions: . When the Intelligent Key is not within the operational range. . When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged. For information regarding the replacement of a battery, see “Intelligent Key battery” (P.8-18). 3-10 Pre-driving checks and adjustments After locking the doors using the Intelligent Key, be sure that the doors have been securely locked by operating the door handles. Unlocking doors D15A1-68632249-BE76-4075-AE4E-73EE90E081B8 1. 2. Push the “UNLOCK” button on the Intelligent Key. All doors (including the back door) will be unlocked. Automatic relock: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 30 seconds after pushing the “UNLOCK” button on the Intelligent Key while the doors are locked. If during this 30-second time period, the “UNLOCK” button on the Intelligent Key is pushed, all doors will be locked automatically after another 30 seconds. . Opening any doors. . Pushing the ignition switch. 2. 3. Push the “BACK DOOR” button on the Intelligent Key. The back door will be unlatched. Push the back door opener switch and raise the back door to open the back door. Using lead me to car function GUID-25A9D490-AB48-4DD7-9334-4BAA28983272 By pushing the button , you can turn on the room light for a period of time from the outside of the vehicle. For more details, see “Lead me to car function” (P.2-26). HAZARD INDICATOR OPERATION D15A1-84D278A3-8EED-4771-B809-191F06531A2A When you lock or unlock the doors or the back door with the request switch or the remote keyless entry function, the hazard indicator will flash as a confirmation. The following descriptions show how the hazard indicator will activate when locking or unlocking the doors. Operation DOOR LOCK Intelligent Key system (using HAZARD - twice the door handle request switch) Remote keyless entry system HAZARD - twice (using or button) DOOR UNLOCK HAZARD - once HAZARD - once Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-11 SECURITY SYSTEM D15A1-7B1EF700-8F89-453A-A5ED-684B6DD7FA0A WARNING: . . Do not change or modify the security system. Doing so could affect the proper operation of the system. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. Your vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN AntiTheft System (NATS)*. (* immobilizer) NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM (NATS) D15A1-CE126D33-5A0C-473D-8436-217F28732C07 The NISSAN Anti-Theft System (NATS) will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered NATS key. If the engine does not start using the registered NATS key, it may be due to interference caused by: . Another NATS key. . Automated toll road device. . Automated payment device. . Other devices that transmit similar signals. Start the engine using the following procedure: 1. Remove any items that may be causing the interference away from the NATS key. 2. Leave the ignition switch in the “ON” position for approximately 5 seconds. 3. Place the ignition switch in the “OFF” or “LOCK” position, and wait approximately 10 seconds. 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 again. 5. Start the engine. 3-12 Pre-driving checks and adjustments HOOD D15A1-84DFC8CD-2300-48BD-B6F0-707623C404FF 6. Repeat the steps above until all possible interferences are eliminated. If this procedure allows the engine to start, NISSAN recommends placing the registered NATS key separate from other devices to avoid interference. WARNING: . . The hood must be closed and latched securely before driving. Failure to do so could cause the hood to fly open and result in an accident. Never open the hood if steam or smoke is coming from the engine compartment to avoid injury. BACK DOOR D15A1-6261B980-8664-4D3E-85BF-F32BFEEBD787 OPENING HOOD WARNING: D15A1-E2773E78-51C8-45B7-B6C8-B152AF808F99 . . Make sure the back door has been closed securely to prevent it from opening while driving. Do not drive with the back door open. This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle. CAUTION: . WAD0014X 1. Pull the hood lock release handle located below the instrument panel until the hood springs up. 2. Locate the lever in between the hood and grille and push the lever sideways with your fingertips. 3. Raise the hood . 4. Remove the support rod and insert it into the slot. Hold the coated parts when removing or resetting the support rod. Avoid direct contact with the metal parts, as they may be hot immediately after the engine has been stopped. CLOSING HOOD D15A1-BF1C1017-F13A-42F0-BA94-57D4BCDCA2AC 1. 2. 3. While supporting the hood, return the support rod to its original position. Slowly lower the hood to about 20 to 30 cm (8 to 12 in) above the hood lock, then let it drop. Make sure it is securely latched. . . Before opening the back door, be sure to clear away snow, ice or dust that may be stuck to the back door. If the back door is opened while materials are still stuck to it, it may suddenly close again due to the weight of these materials. Always be sure to fully open the back door. If it is not fully opened, it may suddenly shut. Be especially careful when opening the back door in strong wind. The door could be caught by a gust of wind and may close suddenly. JVP0059X Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-13 . CAUTION: . . The back door gas stays are installed in order to support the weight of the back door. In order to prevent the gas stays being damaged or not operating properly, be sure to observe the following points. — Do not insert hands or cords into the gas stays or apply any force to them laterally. — Do not attach any adhesive foreign materials such as pieces of plastic or stickers to the rod portion. Do not close the back door while holding the gas stays or hang anything on them. Doing so may lead to hands or arms becoming trapped in the back door and could result in an injury. . . . Push the “UNLOCK” button on the Intelligent Key (if equipped). (See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-5).) Push the BACK DOOR button on the Intelligent Key (if equipped). (See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-5).) Push the “UNLOCK” button on the remote controller (if equipped). (See “Remote keyless entry system” (P.3-4).) Push the power door lock switch to unlock all doors. the back door opens while the vehicle is being driven, this could result in a serious accident. to pull To close the back door, hold the grip down the back door and then push it down securely. BACK DOORD15A1-47D9369B-E0BC-4FE6-B69A-3C23868228C7 RELEASE LEVER CLOSING BACK DOOR D15A1-0637295E-9782-4874-93A0-00D89892635C JVP0519X OPENING BACK DOOR D15A1-8000B562-E416-4F4B-951D-06F220A9B387 JVP0634X WARNING: . WAD0020X To open the back door, unlock it with one of the following operations, then pull the handle. . Push the back door opener switch. 3-14 Pre-driving checks and adjustments . . Do not shut the back door with one hand and the other hand remaining on the back door or vehicle body. Doing so may lead to your hand becoming trapped and could result in an injury. When closing the back door, do not place your hands near the edge of the back door. Always be sure to close the back door from the outside. After closing the back door, be sure to check that it has been closed securely. If If the back door cannot be unlocked due to a discharged battery, follow these steps. 1. Fold the rear seats down. (See “Rear seats” (P.1-3).) 2. Move the release lever to the left as illustrated to open the back door. Contact a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for repair. FUEL-FILLER LID STEERING WHEEL D15A1-33A73EC6-E3E9-4C09-B87E-45FC8F7A7C4B WARNING: . . . D15A1-155DD79C-F9FA-4446-9C3C-658401D47962 FUEL-FILLERD15A1-4371145D-372C-44F1-B5AD-399F351B8DDD CAP Fuel is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain conditions. You could be burned or seriously injured if it is misused or mishandled. Always stop the engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refueling. Fuel may be under pressure. Turn the cap a half of a turn, and wait for any “hissing” sound to stop to prevent fuel from spraying out and possibly causing personal injury. Then remove the cap. Use only an original equipment type fuelfiller cap as a replacement. It has a builtin safety valve needed for proper operation of the fuel system and emission control system. An incorrect cap can result in a serious malfunction and possible injury. OPENING FUEL-FILLER LID D15A1-70C53833-21DD-49A2-889E-5A3565B4D0C7 WARNING: Never adjust the steering wheel while driving so that full attention may be given to vehicle operation. TILT OPERATION GUID-F8DA7D90-E581-40B0-8B1F-E5E57F59FFAD WAD0016X Turn the fuel-filler cap counterclockwise to remove. To tighten, turn the fuel-filler cap clockwise . Put the fuel-filler cap on the cap holder while refueling. CAUTION: If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body, flush it away with water to avoid paint damage. WAD0039X While pulling the lock lever up , adjust the steering wheel up or down until the desired position is achieved. Push the lock lever down firmly to lock the steering wheel in place. WAD0015X To open the fuel-filler lid, pull the fuel-filler lid opener lever. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-15 MIRRORS D15A1-D5C9F9CE-0CC3-414E-BAB0-ACDD06428BD1 WARNING: Adjust the position of all mirrors before driving. Do not adjust the mirror positions while driving so that full attention may be given to vehicle operation. during the day for Push the adjusting lever the best rearward visibility. 2. OUTSIDE REARVIEW MIRRORS D15A1-1CA29965-E808-4DBC-8766-482221B11AAC Folding INSIDE REARVIEW MIRROR D15A1-70428961-428B-4E74-8FDB-B4B0BBD3C4C9 . . . SPA2447 D15A1-BBB8FF8A-9D63-44A6-A8B6-55D4B0278A07 Remote controlGUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F type (if equipped): WARNING: . Adjust each mirror until the desired position is achieved . Never touch the outside rearview mirrors while they are in motion. Doing so may pinch your fingers or damage the mirror. Never drive the vehicle with the outside rearview mirrors folded. This reduces rear view visibility and may lead to an accident. Objects viewed in the outside mirror are closer than they appear (if equipped). The picture dimensions and distance in the outside mirrors are not real. Adjusting D15A1-BA772B9A-BDEB-4A66-8B11-44E022F0FD05 While holding the inside rearview mirror, adjust the mirror angles until the desired position is achieved. WAD0028X The outside rearview mirror remote control operates when the ignition switch is in the “ON” position. The outside rearview mirrors automatically fold when the outside rearview mirror folding switch is turn to the position. To unfold, turn the switch from position to another position. CAUTION: . WAD0018X . SPA2143 Pull the adjusting lever when the glare from the headlights of the vehicle behind you obstructs your vision at night. 3-16 Pre-driving checks and adjustments The outside rearview mirror remote control, located on the driver’s door armrest, can be operated when the ignition switch is in the “ON” position. 1. Move the switch to select the right or left mirror . . . Continuously performing the fold/unfold operation of the outside rearview mirror may cause the switch to stop the operation. Do not touch the mirrors while they are moving. Your hand may be pinched, and the mirror may malfunction. Do not drive with the mirrors stored. You will be unable to see behind the vehicle. If the mirrors were folded or unfolded by hand, there is a chance that the mirror PARKING BRAKE D15A1-ABB97913-7F76-4D46-BF6E-5E27714E1F2C will move forward or backward during driving. If the mirrors were folded or unfolded by hand, be sure to adjust them again electrically before driving. WARNING: . Manual control GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F type (if equipped): . . . JVP0588X Fold the outside rearview mirror by pushing it toward the rear of the vehicle. Unfold the outside rearview mirror by pushing it towards the front of the vehicle. Never drive the vehicle with the parking brake applied. The brake will overheat and fail to operate and will lead to an accident. Never release the parking brake from outside the vehicle. If the vehicle moves, it will be impossible to push the foot brake pedal and will lead to an accident. Never use the shift lever in place of the parking brake. When parking, be sure the parking brake is fully applied. To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and/or its systems, do not leave children, people who require the assistance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle. Additionally, the temperature inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people and pets. and hold the foot brake pedal. Pull up the parking brake lever slightly, push the button and lower the lever completely . Before driving, be sure that the brake warning light has turned off. VANITY MIRROR D15A1-3BBC66EB-AB23-4A75-833B-9562E91FEDD9 SPA2110 SPA2192 To use the front vanity mirror, pull down the sun visor and pull up the cover. To apply the parking brake, pull the parking brake lever up . To release the parking brake, firmly depress Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-17 MEMO 3-18 Pre-driving checks and adjustments 4 Monitor, heater and air conditioner, and audio system NissanConnect Owner’s Manual (if equipped) ...................... .... 4-2 Safety precautions ....................................................................................... .... 4-2 Rear view monitor (if equipped) ....................................................... .... 4-3 Rear view monitor system operation ................................... .... 4-3 How to read the displayed lines ............................................... .... 4-4 Difference between predictive and actual distances ..................................................................................... .... 4-4 Adjusting the screen .......................................................................... .... 4-5 Rear view monitor system limitations ................................. .... 4-6 System maintenance ......................................................................... .... 4-6 Around View Monitor (if equipped) ................................................ .... 4-7 Around View Monitor system operation ............................ .... 4-8 Difference between predictive and actual distances ..................................................................................... .... 4-9 How to park with predictive course lines ..................... .... 4-11 How to switch the display .......................................................... .... 4-12 Adjusting the screen ....................................................................... .... 4-12 Around View Monitor system limitations ....................... .... 4-12 System maintenance ...................................................................... .... 4-13 Ventilators ...................................................................................................... .... Center ventilators ........................................................................... .... Side ventilators ................................................................................. .... Rear ventilators ................................................................................ .... Heater and air conditioner ................................................................ .... Operating tips .................................................................................... .... Automatic air conditioner and heater ........................... .... Servicing air conditioner ........................................................... .... Audio system (if equipped) ............................................................... .... Audio operation precautions ................................................. .... Antenna ................................................................................................... .... FM-AM radio with Compact Disc (CD) player ........... .... USB (Universal Serial Bus) connection port/AUX (auxiliary) input jack ...................................................................... .... CD/USB memory device care and cleaning .............. .... Car phone or CB radio ......................................................................... .... Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System (if equipped) .................................................................................................. .... Regulatory information .............................................................. .... Control buttons and microphone ..................................... .... Bluetooth® settings ....................................................................... .... Using the system ............................................................................. .... 4-14 4-14 4-14 4-14 4-14 4-15 4-16 4-17 4-17 4-17 4-23 4-23 4-28 4-29 4-30 4-30 4-31 4-31 4-31 4-33 NISSANCONNECT OWNER’S MANUAL (if equipped) SAFETY PRECAUTIONS D15A1-EB68331A-AB52-4043-829E-CC3572EDA3B3 GUID-14EAAD61-640D-4AC5-8514-155AD40BC14A For models with NissanConnect System, refer to the NissanConnect Owner’s Manual regarding the following information. . Audio . Hands-free phone . Apple CarPlay . Android Auto . Voice recognition . Information and settings viewable on NissanConnect WARNING: . . . Do not adjust the heater and air conditioner controls or audio controls while driving so that full attention may be given to vehicle operation. If you noticed any foreign objects entering the system hardware, spilled liquid on the system, or noticed smoke or fumes coming out from the system, or any other unusual operation is observed, stop using the system immediately and contact the nearest NISSAN dealer. Ignoring such conditions may lead to an accident, fire or electric shock. Do not disassemble or modify this system. If you do, it may lead to an accident, fire, or electric shock. CAUTION: Do not use the system when the engine is not running for extended periods of time to prevent battery discharge. 4-2 Monitor, heater and air conditioner, and audio system REAR VIEW MONITOR (if equipped) D15A1-8E5DDF09-0509-4B14-BD0C-951041A8EA4C jects. CAUTION: Do not scratch the camera lens when cleaning dirt or snow from the front of the camera. The rear view monitor system automatically shows a rear view of the vehicle when the shift lever is shifted into the “R” (Reverse) position. The radio can still be heard while the rear view monitor is active. WAE0009X WAE0008X 1. CAMERA button WARNING: Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the rear view monitor could result in serious injury or death. . The rear view monitor is a convenience but it is not a substitute for proper backing. Always turn and look out the windows, and check mirrors to be sure that it is safe to move before operating . . the vehicle. Always back up slowly. The system is designed as an aid to the driver in showing large stationary objects directly behind the vehicle, to help avoid damaging the vehicle. The distance guide lines and the vehicle width lines should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a level paved surface. The distance viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different than the actual distance between the vehicle and displayed ob- To display the rear view, the rear view monitor system uses a camera located just above the vehicle’s license plate. REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM OPERATION D15A1-78C76090-1566-4898-9121-AD1CBCB0BE35 With the ignition switch in the “ON” position, move the shift lever to the “R” (Reverse) position to operate the rear view monitor. Monitor, heater and air conditioner, and audio system 4-3 HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED LINES D15A1-BAB72C89-1CD4-4297-972B-B9A50E7A635A and exit the vehicle to view the positioning of objects behind the vehicle. Backing upD15A1-840192C0-A6A0-4678-8D38-779D9C643B03 on a steep downhill Backing up D15A1-74C1AC9A-F2AE-4DBE-BCF2-E219DA0E79FD on a steep uphill SAA2776 Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle width and distances to objects with reference to the bumper line are displayed on the monitor. Distance guide lines: Indicate distances from the vehicle body. . Red line : approximately 0.5 m (1.5 ft) . Yellow line : approximately 1 m (3 ft) . Green line : approximately 2 m (7 ft) . Green line : approximately 3 m (10 ft) Vehicle width guide lines : Indicate the vehicle width when backing up. The vehicle width guide lines are wider than the actual width. DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTIVE AND ACTUAL DISTANCES D15A1-77243345-0079-45F4-92B2-787AF9BDDB97 The displayed guidelines and their locations on the ground are for approximate reference only. Objects on uphill or downhill surfaces or projecting objects will be actually located at distances different from those displayed in the monitor relative to the guidelines (refer to illustrations). When in doubt, turn around and view the objects as you are backing up, or park JVH1160X JVH1159X When backing up the vehicle up a hill, the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown closer than the actual distance. Note that any object on steep uphill is farther than it appears on the monitor. 4-4 Monitor, heater and air conditioner, and audio system When backing up the vehicle down a hill, the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown farther than the actual distance. Note that any object on steep downhill is closer than it appears on the monitor. Backing up near a projecting object D15A1-3315AD77-7EAF-4835-A620-4C5F3C52E001 Backing up D15A1-AA7DF86D-31C9-4ED4-9AD6-6246706ED1D6 behind a projecting object ADJUSTING D15A1-E7C1CAEA-53B4-4A01-825F-BAE3028280FD THE SCREEN Operation with touch screen 1. Push the CAMERA button. 2. Select the “Display Settings” key. 3. Select the item you wish to adjust. . Brightness: Adjusts the brightness of the display. . Contrast: Adjusts the level of contrast. . Tint: Adjusts the level of tint. . Colour: Adjusts the level of the color. . Black Level: Adjusts the black level. Operation with buttons SAA3440 The vehicle may seem to nearly clear the object in the display. However, the vehicle may hit the object if it projects over the actual backing up course. SAA3475 The position is shown farther than the position in the display. However, the position is actually at the same distance as the position . The vehicle may hit the object when backing up to the position if the object projects over the actual backing up course. WAE0010X To adjust the screen brightness when the rear view monitor is displayed, push the brightness control/display on·off button . Adjust brightness to the preferred setting using the TUNE·SCROLL/SOUND dial . Monitor, heater and air conditioner, and audio system 4-5 REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM LIMITATIONS D15A1-626E42A2-C455-4B45-AF3C-2604C97D5032 . WARNING: Listed below are the system limitations for rear view monitor. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death. . . . . . . . The system cannot completely eliminate blind spots and may not show every object. Underneath the bumper and the corner areas of the bumper cannot be viewed on the rear view monitor because of its monitoring range limitation. The system will not show small objects below the bumper, and may not show objects close to the bumper or on the ground. Objects viewed in the rear view monitor differ from actual distance because a wide-angle lens is used. Objects in the rear view of the vehicle will appear visually opposite compared to when viewed in the inside rearview mirror, the outside rearview mirrors and the rear view monitor. Use the displayed lines as a reference. The lines are highly affected by the number of occupants, fuel level, vehicle position, road conditions and road grade. Make sure that the back door is securely closed when backing up. Do not put anything on the rear view camera. The rear view camera is installed above the license plate. 4-6 . When washing the vehicle with highpressure water, be sure not to spray it around the camera. Otherwise, water may enter the camera unit causing water condensation on the lens, a malfunction, fire or an electric shock. Do not strike the camera. It is a precision instrument. Otherwise, it may malfunction or cause damage resulting in a fire or an electric shock. The following are operating limitations and do not represent a system malfunction: . When the temperature is extremely high or low, the screen may not clearly display objects. . When strong light directly shines on the camera, objects may not be displayed clearly. . Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the screen. This is due to strong reflected light from the bumper. . The screen may flicker under fluorescent light. . The colors of objects on the rear view monitor may differ somewhat from the actual color of objects. . Objects on the monitor may not be clear in a dark environment. . There may be a delay when switching to the rear view monitor. . If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on the camera, the rear view monitor may not display object clearly. Clean the camera. . Do not use wax on the camera lens. Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth dampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent, then wipe with a dry cloth. Monitor, heater and air conditioner, and audio system SYSTEM MAINTENANCE D15A1-AC5B10CB-72B5-4D4C-8C26-430FB3C3B70A WAE0009X CAUTION: . . Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner to clean the camera. This will cause discoloration. Do not damage the camera as the monitor screen may be adversely affected. If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on the camera , the rear view monitor may not display objects clearly. Clean the camera by wiping it with a cloth dampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent and then wiping it with a dry cloth. AROUND VIEW MONITOR (if equipped) GUID-56DF0974-2002-4244-B558-BBB3BA62B3E2 vers. CAUTION: Do not scratch the lens when cleaning dirt or snow from the front of the camera. The Around View Monitor system is designed as an aid to the driver in situations such as slot parking or parallel parking. The monitor displays various views of the position of the vehicle in a split screen format. Not all views are available at all times. Available views: . Front view The view to the front of the vehicle. . Rear view The view to the rear of the vehicle. . Bird’s-eye view The surrounding view of the vehicle from above. . Front-side view The view around and ahead of the front passenger’s side wheel. WAE0008X 1. CAMERA button WARNING: Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for the proper use of the Around View Monitor system could result in serious injury or death. . The Around View Monitor is a convenient feature but it is not a substitute for proper vehicle operation because it has areas where objects cannot be viewed. . The four corners of the vehicle in particular, are areas where objects do not always appear in the bird’s-eye, front, or rear views. Always check your surroundings to be sure that it is safe to move before operating the vehicle. Always operate the vehicle slowly. Always look out the windows and check mirrors to be sure that it is safe to move. The driver is always responsible for safety during parking and other maneu- WAE0006X To display the multiple views, the Around View Monitor system uses cameras located in the front grill, on the vehicle’s outside mirrors and Monitor, heater and air conditioner, and audio system 4-7 one just above the vehicle’s license plate. . AROUND VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM OPERATION GUID-7BBFCA2F-90FC-4262-A5C3-584D62FB5FD9 With the ignition switch in the “ON” position, move the shift lever to the “R” (Reverse) position or push the CAMERA button to operate the Around View Monitor. When the camera is first activated with the bird’s-eye view in the display, a red icon will flash on the screen. The screen displayed on the Around View Monitor will automatically return to the previous screen 3 minutes after the CAMERA button has been pushed with the shift lever in a position other than the “R” (Reverse) position. Available views GUID-2B3A04A3-658B-4330-B698-D841C3BF4FFA WARNING: . . . The distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide line should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a paved, level surface. The distance viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different than the actual distance between the vehicle and displayed objects. Use the displayed lines and the bird’s-eye view as a reference. The lines and the bird’s-eye view are greatly affected by the number of occupants, fuel level, vehicle position, road condition and road grade. If the tires are replaced with different sized tires, the predictive course line and the bird’s-eye view may be displayed incorrectly. 4-8 . . . . . When driving the vehicle up a hill, objects viewed in the monitor are further than they appear. When driving the vehicle down a hill, objects viewed in the monitor are closer than they appear. Objects in the rear view of the vehicle will appear visually opposite compared to when viewed in the inside rearview mirror, the outside rearview mirrors and the Around View Monitor. Use the mirrors or actually look to properly judge distances to other objects. On a snow-covered or slippery road, there may be a difference between the predictive course line and the actual course line. The vehicle width and predictive course lines are wider than the actual width and course. The displayed lines on the rear view will appear slightly off to the right because the rear view camera is not installed in the rear center of the vehicle. Front and rear view: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Monitor, heater and air conditioner, and audio system SAA1840 Front view SAA1896 Rear view Guiding lines that indicate the approximate vehicle width and distances to objects with reference to the vehicle body line , are displayed on the monitor. Distance guide lines: Indicate distances from the vehicle body. . Red line : approximately 0.5 m (1.5 ft) . Yellow line : approximately 1 m (3 ft) . Green line : approximately 2 m (7 ft) . Green line : approximately 3 m (10 ft) Vehicle width guide lines : Indicate the vehicle width when backing up. The vehicle width guide lines are wider than the actual width. Predictive course lines : Indicate the predictive course when operating the vehicle. The predictive course lines will be displayed on the monitor when the steering wheel is turned. The predictive course lines will move depending on how much the steering wheel is turned. The predictive course lines in the rear view will not be displayed while the steering wheel is in the straight ahead position. The Around View Monitor screen will not be displayed when the vehicle speed is above 10 km/h (6 MPH). NOTE: When the monitor displays the front view and the steering wheel turns about 90 degrees or less from the straight ahead position, both the right and left predictive course lines are displayed. When the steering wheel turns about 90 degrees or more, a line is displayed only on the opposite side of the turn. Bird’s-eye view:GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F After the ignition switch is placed in the “ON” will be position, the non-viewable corners displayed in red (blink for the first few seconds) to remind the driver to be cautious. WARNING: . . . . . Objects in the bird’s-eye view will appear further than the actual distance. Tall objects, such as a curb or vehicle, may be misaligned or not displayed at the seam of the views. Objects that are above the camera cannot be displayed. The view for the bird’s-eye view may be misaligned when the camera position alters. A line on the ground may be misaligned and is not seen as being straight at the seam of the views. The misalignment will increase as the line proceeds away from the vehicle. displayed on the monitor. The front-of-vehicle line shows the front part of the vehicle. shows the approxThe side-of-vehicle line imate vehicle width including the outside mirrors. The extensions of both the front and side lines are shown with a green dotted line. DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTIVE AND ACTUAL DISTANCES GUID-9EE92C4D-DF86-43BC-8582-F10E277C994C The displayed guidelines and their locations on the ground are for approximate reference only. Objects on uphill or downhill surfaces or projecting objects will be actually located at distances different from those displayed in the monitor relative to the guidelines (refer to illustrations). When in doubt, turn around and view the objects as you are backing up, or park and exit the vehicle to view the positioning of objects behind the vehicle. SAA3570 The bird’s-eye view shows the overhead view of the vehicle which helps confirm the vehicle position and the predictive course to a parking space. The vehicle icon shows the position of the vehicle. Note that the distance between objects viewed in the bird’s-eye view may differ somewhat from the actual distance to the vehicle. The areas that the cameras cannot cover are indicated in black. The non-viewable area is highlighted in yellow for several seconds after the bird’s eye view is displayed. It will be shown only the first time after the ignition switch is placed in the “ON” position. Front-side view:GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F JVH0659X Guiding lines: Guiding lines that indicate the approximate width and the front end of the vehicle are Monitor, heater and air conditioner, and audio system 4-9 Backing up on a steep uphill GUID-02C3FB49-1B78-4295-96D3-F11700022173 Backing up GUID-67B8EB99-2EE9-47EE-BF55-8002664394BC on a steep downhill JVH1159X When backing up the vehicle up a hill, the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown closer than the actual distance. Note that any object on steep uphill is farther than it appears on the monitor. JVH1160X When backing up the vehicle down a hill, the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown farther than the actual distance. Note that any object on steep downhill is closer than it appears on the monitor. 4-10 Monitor, heater and air conditioner, and audio system Backing up GUID-B3A97E42-5F56-4F14-B53C-C9B050ECE3E0 near a projecting object SAA1923 The predictive course lines do not touch the object in the display. However, the vehicle may hit the object if it projects over the actual backing up course. Backing up behind a projecting object GUID-6ED3AA15-3F24-432F-A185-DF2A54616A08 HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTIVE COURSE LINES GUID-9EE2B9D2-B5A2-488D-9D78-CDFDBC9AD712 1. 2. WARNING: . . If the tires are replaced with different sized tires, the predictive course lines may be displayed incorrectly. On a snow-covered or slippery road, there may be a difference between the predictive course line and the actual course line. Visually check that the parking space is safe before parking your vehicle. The rear view of the vehicle is displayed on the screen when the shift lever is moved to the “R” (Reverse) position. SAA3475 The position is shown farther than the position in the display. However, the position is actually at the same distance as the position . The vehicle may hit the object when backing up to the position if the object projects over the actual backing up course. SAA1898 3. 4. SAA1897 Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting the steering wheel so that the predictive course lines enter the parking space . Maneuver the steering wheel to make the parallel to the vehicle width guide lines parking space while referring to the predictive course lines. Monitor, heater and air conditioner, and audio system 4-11 5. When the vehicle is located in the space completely, park the vehicle in the correct procedure. ADJUSTING GUID-DA809961-DF05-43D6-AC84-CAA86D67EC58 THE SCREEN AROUND VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM LIMITATIONS GUID-29F98E33-C209-499B-8DBA-1E46F15286B8 HOW TO SWITCH THE DISPLAY GUID-C607928A-80F0-4BB2-9BDC-BA09614E4FD0 With the ignition switch in the “ON” position, push the CAMERA button or move the shift lever to the “R” (Reverse) position to operate the Around View Monitor. The Around View Monitor displays different split screen views depending on the position of the shift lever. Push the CAMERA button to switch between the available views. If the shift lever is in the “R” (Reverse) position, the available views are: . Rear view/bird’s-eye view split screen . Rear view/front-side view split screen If the shift lever is not in the “R” (Reverse) position, the available views are: . Front view/bird’s-eye view split screen . Front view/front-side view split screen The display will switch from the Around View Monitor screen when: . The shift lever is out of the “R” (Reverse) position and the vehicle speed increases above approximately 10 km/h (6 MPH). . A different screen is selected (when the shift lever is not in the “R” (Reverse) position). WAE0034X 1. 2. 3. 4. Push the MENU button and touch the “Settings” key. Touch the “Camera” key and then touch the “Display Settings” key. Touch the “Brightness”, “Contrast”, “Tint”, “Colour” or “Black Level” key. Adjust the item by touching the “+” or “—” key on the touch screen display. NOTE: Do not adjust any of the display settings of the Around View Monitor while the vehicle is moving. Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied. WAE0007X WARNING: Listed below are the system limitations for Around View Monitor. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death. . . 4-12 Monitor, heater and air conditioner, and audio system Do not use the Around View Monitor with the outside mirrors in the stored position, and make sure that the back door is securely closed when operating the vehicle using the Around View Monitor. The apparent distance between objects viewed on the Around View Monitor differs from the actual distance. . . . The cameras are installed on the front grille, the outside mirrors and above the rear license plate. Do not put anything on the vehicle that covers the cameras. When washing the vehicle with high pressure water, be sure not to spray it around the cameras. Otherwise, water may enter the camera unit causing water condensation on the lens, a malfunction, fire or an electric shock. Do not strike the cameras. They are precision instruments. Doing so could cause a malfunction or cause damage resulting in a fire or an electric shock. There are some areas where the system will not show objects. When in the front or rear view display, an object below the bumper or on the ground may not be viewed . When in the bird’s-eye view, a tall object near the seam of the camera viewing areas will not appear in the monitor . The following are operating limitations and do not represent a system malfunction: . There may be a delay when switching between views. . When the temperature is extremely high or low, the screen may not display objects clearly. . When strong light directly shines on the camera, objects may not be displayed clearly. . The screen may flicker under fluorescent light. . The colors of objects on the Around View Monitor may differ somewhat from the actual color of objects. . Objects on the Around View Monitor may not be clear and the color of the object may differ in a dark environment. . . There may be differences in sharpness between each camera view of the bird’seye view. Do not use wax on the camera lens. Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth that has been dampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent, then wipe with a dry cloth. System temporarily unavailable GUID-54CB9F4D-FFBF-4D59-B2CA-ABE23C84C4C7 When the “ ” icon is displayed on the screen, the camera image may be receiving temporary electronic disturbances from surrounding devices. This will not hinder normal driving operation but the system should be inspected. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer. SYSTEM MAINTENANCE GUID-D75D7493-30FE-49EC-9CBF-3FD6AE6E9FAF WAE0006X WAE0056X When the “ ” icon is displayed on the screen, there will be abnormal conditions in the Around View Monitor. This will not hinder normal driving operation but the system should be inspected. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer. CAUTION: . . Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner to clean the camera. This will cause discoloration. Do not damage the camera as the monitor screen may be adversely affected. If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any of the cameras , the Around View Monitor may not display objects clearly. Clean the camera by wiping with a cloth dampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent and then wiping with a dry cloth. WAE0057X Monitor, heater and air conditioner, and audio system 4-13 VENTILATORS HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER D15A1-561C1B64-A1BB-40F1-AA9E-F43C26FE3339 CENTER VENTILATORS D15A1-C16C9225-3735-455F-AFF6-7C15D8857951 D15A1-D6D9F812-CB78-4FA4-ADF1-EACDF071310D REAR VENTILATORS GUID-579C9B6E-812B-4341-810A-A02EDE1D2D87 WARNING: . . WAE0014X WAE0013X Adjust the air flow direction of the ventilators by moving the center knob (up/down, left/ right) until the preferred position is achieved. SIDE VENTILATORS D15A1-284A8689-F07A-4411-B714-B69AB2B6DC80 The air blows from the rear ventilators only when the automatic air conditioner is operating in the cooling mode. Open/close the ventilators by moving the control to either direction. : : This symbol indicates that the ventilators are open. Moving the control to this direction will open the ventilators. This symbol indicates that the ventilators are closed. Moving the control to this direction will close the ventilators. Adjust the air flow direction of the ventilators by moving the center knob (up/down, left/ right) until the desired position is achieved. JVH1669X Open or close the ventilators, and adjust the air flow direction as illustrated. 4-14 Monitor, heater and air conditioner, and audio system . . The heater and air conditioner operate only when the engine is running. Children or adults who would normally require supervision should never be left alone in the vehicle. Pets should not be left alone either. They could unknowingly activate switches or controls and inadvertently become involved in a serious accident and injure themselves. On hot, sunny days, temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals. Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up. Do not adjust the heating and air conditioning controls while driving so that full attention may be given to vehicle operation. The heater and air conditioner operate when the engine is running. The air blower will operate even if the engine is turned off and the ignition switch is in the “ON” position. NOTE: . Odors from inside and outside the vehicle can build up in the air conditioner unit. Odor can enter the passenger compartment through the ventilators. . When parking, set the cooler and air conditioner controls to turn off air recirculation to allow fresh air into the passenger compartment. This should help reduce odors inside the vehicle. OPERATING GUID-A8E566ED-26C1-487E-8F3C-42043FD0801F TIPS When the engine coolant temperature and outside air temperature are low, the air flow from the foot outlets may not operate. However, this is not a malfunction. After the coolant temperature warms up, the air flow from the foot outlets will operate normally. The sensors , and (if equipped) help maintain a constant temperature. Do not cover the sensors or put anything on or around the sensors. WAE0003X WAE0004X WAE0087X Monitor, heater and air conditioner, and audio system 4-15 AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER AND HEATER Manual operation GUID-85C95349-5BA5-4948-8D39-DB829AA93909 GUID-90BB795F-E918-4306-AFE1-1E76D0BDCEE6 The manual mode can be used to control the heater and air conditioner to your desired settings. Fan speed control: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Turn the fan speed control dial. Air flow control:GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Push one of the air flow control buttons to select the air flow outlets. More than one air flow control button can be selected at a time. WAE0002X 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. “AUTO” button Front defogger “ MAX” button Air flow control buttons “A/C OFF” button Fan speed control “ ” dial Temperature control dial Rear defogger “ ” button (See “Defogger switch” (P.2-19).) Air recirculation “ ” button Turning system on/off GUID-BD1E6BD6-42F4-4EC2-816D-DEFED1825F82 To turn on the system, turn the fan speed control dial out of the OFF position. Turn the fan speed control dial counterclockwise to the OFF position to turn off the system. Automatic operation (AUTO) GUID-F114B86C-9C28-4267-A00C-C8624987867E The AUTO mode may be used year-round as the system automatically controls the air conditioner to a constant temperature, air flow distribution and fan speed after the desired temperature is set manually. Cooling and dehumidified heating: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F 1. Push the “AUTO” button (the indicator light will turn on). 2. Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature. A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot, humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly. This does not indicate a malfunction. MAX defogging/defrosting: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Push the front defogger “ MAX” button to turn on the MAX defogging/defrosting mode and quickly defog/defrost the windshield. When this mode is turned on, the fan will be at its maximum speed, the “A/C OFF” indicator light will turn off or stays off, and the air circulation will be fixed at the outside air circulation mode. Do not set the temperature too low when the MAX” front defogger mode is on (the “ indicator light is illuminated), because doing so may fog up the windshield. 4-16 Monitor, heater and air conditioner, and audio system — — — Air flows mainly from the front defogger outlets. Air flows mainly from the center and side ventilators. Air flows mainly from the foot outlets. Temperature control: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature. Air intake control: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F The air intake control mode will change each time the air recirculation “ ” button is pushed. . When the indicator light is turned on, the air recirculates inside the vehicle. . When the indicator light is turned off, the air flow is drawn from outside the vehicle. NOTE: Even if the system is manually set to the air recirculation mode, when outside temperature and coolant temperature are both low, the system may automatically switch to the outside air circulation mode. AUDIO SYSTEM (if equipped) D15A1-CCFAECDB-BC93-44CD-9D95-5827181DFAD8 SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER D15A1-A358679E-16A8-4C30-82BD-E71957911A2C WARNING: WARNING: The air conditioner system contains refrigerant under high pressure. To avoid personal injury, any air conditioner service should be done only by an experienced technician with the proper equipment. Do not adjust the audio system while driving so that full attention may be given to vehicle operation. The air conditioner system in your vehicle is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind. This refrigerant will not harm the earth’s ozone layer. However, it may contribute in a small part to global warming. Special charging equipment and lubricant are required when servicing your vehicle’s air conditioner. Using improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage to the air conditioner system. See “Air conditioner system refrigerant and lubricant” (P.9-4). A NISSAN dealer will be able to service your environmentally friendly air conditioner system. . Air conditioner filter D15A1-598DCD57-C75B-4CC2-896D-998308A85BC5 . The air conditioner system is equipped with an air conditioner filter. To make sure the air conditioner heats defogs and ventilates efficiently, replace the filter in accordance with the specified maintenance intervals listed in the separate maintenance booklet. To replace the filter, contact a NISSAN dealer. The filter should be replaced if the air flow decreases significantly or if windows fog up easily when operating the heater or air conditioner. — Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW) AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS D15A1-FF66CA17-020A-4205-81A4-DB987BF13DDD Radio . D15A1-0B22E016-C5A2-4BB7-945F-32ABB0463B62 Radio reception is affected by station signal strength, distance from radio transmitters, buildings, bridges, mountains and other external influences. Intermittent changes in reception quality normally are caused by these external influences. Using a cellular phone in or near the vehicle may influence radio reception quality. Compact Disc (CD) player GUID-B4AB969B-1E6B-41B7-BBF8-923183093410 . . . . . During cold weather or rainy days, the player may malfunction due to the humidity. If this occurs, remove the CD from CD player and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely. The player may skip while driving on rough roads. The CD player sometimes may not function when the passenger compartment temperature is extremely high. Lower the temperature before use. Do not expose the CD to direct sunlight. CDs that are of poor quality, or are dirty, scratched, covered with fingerprints, or that have pin holes may not work properly. The following CDs may not work properly. — Copy control compact discs (CCCD) — Recordable compact discs (CD-R) SAA0480 . . Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunction. — 8 cm (3.1 in) discs — CDs that are not round — CDs with a paper label — CDs that are warped, scratched or have unusual edges — CD lens cleaner discs This audio system can only play prerecorded CDs. It has no capabilities to record or burn CDs. Monitor, heater and air conditioner, and audio system 4-17 If the CD cannot be played, one of the following messages will be displayed. Check disc/CHK CD/CD ERROR Check Disk: . Confirm that the CD is inserted correctly (the label side is facing up, etc.). . Confirm that the CD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches. . Confirm that the disc is a CD and not a DVD. . Confirm that the disc contains audio files. Push eject/Eject CD/CD Ejecting...: This is a malfunction due to the temperature inside the player is too high. Remove the CD by pushing the EJECT button, and after a short time reinsert the CD. The CD can be played when the temperature of the player returns to normal. Unplayable: The file is unplayable in this audio system (only MP3/WMA/AAC CD). . USB (Universal Serial Bus) connection port D15A1-D42165CE-FD13-44B7-8CD3-AA279A1EBB6D WARNING: Do not connect, disconnect or operate the USB device while driving. Doing so can be a distraction. If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident or serious injury. CAUTION: . Do not force the USB device into the USB connection port. Inserting the USB device tilted or up-side-down into the port may damage the port. Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB connection port. . . Do not grab the USB connection port cover (if equipped) when pulling the USB device out of the port. This could damage the port and the cover. Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally. Pulling the cable may damage the port. The vehicle is not equipped with a USB device. USB devices should be purchased separately as necessary. This system cannot be used to format USB devices. To format a USB device, use a personal computer. This system supports various USB memory devices, USB hard drives and iPod players. Some USB devices may not be supported by this system. . Partitioned USB devices may not be played correctly. . Some characters used in other languages (Chinese, Japanese, etc.) are not displayed properly on display. Using English language characters with a USB device is recommended. General notes for USB use: Refer to your device manufacturer’s owner information regarding the proper use and care of the device. Notes for iPod use: “Made for iPod”, “Made for iPhone”, and “Made for iPad” mean that an electronic accessory has been designed to connect specifically to iPod, iPhone, or iPad, respectively, and has been certified by the developer to meet Apple performance standards. Apple is not responsible for the operation of this device or its compliance with safety and regulatory standards. 4-18 Monitor, heater and air conditioner, and audio system Please note that the use of this accessory with iPod, iPhone, or iPad may affect wireless performance. iPad, iPhone, iPod, iPod classic, iPod nano, iPod shuffle, and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. Lightning is a trademark of Apple Inc. . Improperly plugging in the iPod may cause a checkmark to be displayed on and off (flickering). Always make sure that the iPod is connected properly. . An iPod nano (1st Generation) may remain in fast forward or rewind mode if it is connected during a seek operation. In this case, please manually reset the iPod. . An iPod nano (2nd Generation) will continue to fast-forward or rewind if it is disconnected during a seek operation. . An incorrect song title may appear when the Play Mode is changed while using an iPod nano (2nd Generation). . Audiobooks may not play in the same order as they appear on an iPod. . If an iPod automatically selects large video files while in the shuffle mode, the touch screen display may momentarily black out, but will soon recover. Bluetooth® audio player GUID-6EC05641-72D2-4675-A8B1-7B3CC46B7FFE . . . Some Bluetooth® audio devices may not be used with this system. For detailed information about Bluetooth® audio devices that are available for use with this system, contact a NISSAN dealer. Before using a Bluetooth® audio system, the initial registration process for the audio device is necessary. Operation of the Bluetooth® audio system may vary depending on the audio device that is connected. Confirm the operation . . . . procedure before use. The playback of Bluetooth® audio will be paused under the following conditions. The playback will be resumed after the following conditions are completed. — while using a hands-free phone — while checking a connection with a cellular phone The in-vehicle antenna for Bluetooth® communication is built in the system. Do not place the Bluetooth® audio device in an area surrounded by metal, far away from the system or in a narrow space where the device closely contacts the body or the seat. Otherwise, sound degradation or connection interference may occur. While a Bluetooth® audio device is connected through the Bluetooth® wireless connection, the battery power of the device may discharge quicker than usual. This system is compatible with the Bluetooth® AV profile (A2DP and AVRCP). Bluetooth® is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and licensed to Visteon Corporation. Compact Disc/USB memory with MP3/WMA/AAC D15A1-7A0ACDFA-C04E-42CB-9B84-5FEFDC66A091 Explanation of terms: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F . MP3 — MP3 is short for Moving Pictures Experts Group Audio Layer 3. MP3 is the most well known compressed digital audio file format. This format allows for near “CD quality” sound, but at a fraction of the size of normal audio files. MP3 conversion of an audio track from CD can reduce the file size by approximately 10:1 ratio (Sampling: 44.1 kHz, Bit rate: 128 kbps) with virtually no perceptible loss in quality. MP3 compres- . . . . . . sion removes the redundant and irrelevant parts of a sound signal that the human ear doesn’t hear. WMA — Windows Media Audio (WMA) is a compressed audio format created by Microsoft as an alternative to MP3. The WMA codec offers greater file compression than the MP3 codec, enabling storage of more digital audio tracks in the same amount of space when compared to MP3s at the same level of quality. This product is protected by certain intellectual property rights of Microsoft Corporation and third parties. Use or distribution of such technology outside of this product is prohibited without a license from Microsoft or an authorized Microsoft subsidiary and third parties. AAC — Advanced Audio Coding (AAC) is a compressed audio format. AAC offers greater file compression than MP3 and enables music file creation and storage at the same quality as MP3. Bit rate — Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital music files. The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is determined by the bit rate used when encoding the file. Sampling frequency — The rate at which the samples of a signal are converted from analog to digital (A/D conversion) per second. Multisession — Multisession is one of the methods for writing data to media. Writing data once to the media is called a single session, and writing more than once is called a multisession. ID3/WMA Tag — The ID3/WMA tag is the part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that contains information about the digital mu- sic file such as song title, artist, album title, encoding bit rate, track time duration, etc. ID3 tag information is displayed on the Album/Artist/Song title line on the display. * Windows® and Windows Media® are registered trademarks and/or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States of America and/or other countries. Playback order:GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F SAA2494 Playback order chart The music playback order of the CD with MP3/ WMA/AAC is as illustrated. Monitor, heater and air conditioner, and audio system 4-19 . . . The names of folders not containing MP3/ WMA/AAC files are not shown in the display. If there is a file in the top level of the disc, “Root Folder” is displayed. The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software. Therefore, the files might not play in the desired order. 4-20 Monitor, heater and air conditioner, and audio system Specification chart: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F CD, CD-R, CD-RW, USB2.0 Supported media ISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2, Romeo, Joliet ISO9660 Level 3 (packet writing) is not supported. Files saved using the Live File System component (on a Windows Vista-based computer) are not supported. Supported file systems USB memory: FAT16, FAT32 MP3 Supported versions*1 WMA*2 AAC Version MPEG1, MPEG2, MPEG2.5 Sampling frequency 32kHz - 44.1 kHz - 48kHz Bit rate 32 kbps - 320 kbps VBR*4 Version WMA7, WMA8, WMA9 Sampling frequency 32 kHz - 48 kHz Bit rate 48 kbps - 320 kbps, VBR*4 Version Sampling frequency MPEG-4 AAC Bit rate 32 kbps - 192 kbps, VBR*4 Tag information (Song title and Artist name) *1 *2 *3 *4 ID tag VER1.0, VER1.1, VER2.2, VER2.3 (MP3 only) WMA tag (WMA only) CD, CD-R, CD-RW Folder levels: 8, Folders: 255 (including root folder), Files: 512 (Max. 255 files for one folder) USB Folder levels: 8, Folders 255, Files: 2500 (Max. 255 files for one folder) Memory size: 4GB Folder levels Displayable character codes*3 8 kHz - 48 kHz 01: ASCII, 02: ISO-8859-1, 03: UNICODE (UTF-16 BOM Big Endian), 04: UNICODE (UTF-16 Non-BOM Big Endian), 05: UNICODE (UTF-8), 06: UNICODE (Non-UTF-16 BOM Little Endian), 07:SHIFT-JIS Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played. Protected WMA files (DRM) cannot be played. Available codes depend on what kind of media, versions and information are going to be displayed. When VBR files are played, the playback time may not be displayed correctly. WMA7 and WMA8 are not applied to VBR. Monitor, heater and air conditioner, and audio system 4-21 Troubleshooting guide: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Cause and Countermeasure Symptom Check if the disc or USB was inserted correctly. Check if the disc is scratched or dirty. Check if there is condensation inside the player, and if there is, wait until the condensation is gone (about 1 hour) before using the player. If there is a temperature increase error, the CD player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature. Cannot play If there is a mixture of music CD files (CD-DA data) and MP3/WMA/AAC files on a CD, only the music CD files (CD-DA data) will be played. Files with extensions other than “.MP3”, “.WMA”, “.M4A”, “.mp3”, “.wma” or “m4a” cannot be played. In addition, the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications. Check if the disc or the file is generated in an irregular format. This may occur depending on the variation or the setting of MP3/WMA/AAC writing applications or other text editing applications. Check if the finalization process, such as session close and disc close, is done for the disc. Check if the disc or USB is protected by copyright. Poor sound quality Check if the disc is scratched or dirty. If there are many folder or file levels on the disc or USB memory device, some time may be required before the It takes a relatively long time before the music starts playing. music starts playing. The writing software and hardware combination might not match, or the writing speed, writing depth, writing Music cuts off or skips width, etc., might not match the specifications. Try using the slowest writing speed. Skipping with high bit rate files Skipping may occur with large quantities of data, such as for high bit rate data. When a non-MP3/WMA/AAC file has been given an extension of “.MP3”, “.WMA”, “.M4A”, “.mp3”, “.wma” or “m4a”, or when play is prohibited by copyright protection, the player will skip to the next song. Move immediately to the next song when playing. The songs do not play back in the desired order. 4-22 The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software, so the files might not play in the desired order. Random/Shuffle may be active on the audio system or on a USB device. Monitor, heater and air conditioner, and audio system ANTENNA D15A1-5594B0A7-2298-4DAF-B984-1C023A577F5E FM-AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC (CD) PLAYER D15A1-95E73D3B-2D60-46FA-94E2-C6360B70BE08 Shark fin antenna D15A1-1A9E317C-B1CB-4555-9084-EEDB59A48762 The shark fin antenna is located on the rear part of the vehicle roof. JVH1616X 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. DISP (Display) button RADIO button Day/Night button MIX button Rewind button Fast forward button SETUP button Back button 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. CD eject button MEDIA button Phone button Power/VOL dial RPT (repeat) button Radio memory buttons A-Z button MENU/ENTER dial Monitor, heater and air conditioner, and audio system 4-23 Audio mainD15A1-B7FE03E7-4028-40AF-9056-980DBE10756C operation The audio system operates when the ignition switch is placed in the “ON” position. Power/VOL dial: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Power ON/OFF: To turn on the audio system, push the Power/ VOL dial. The system will turn on in the mode that was used immediately before the system was turned off. To turn off the audio system, push the Power/ VOL dial. Volume control: To control the volume, turn the Power/VOL dial. Turn the dial clockwise to make the sound louder. Turn the dial counterclockwise to make the sound quieter. SETUP button: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F To configure audio settings, perform the following procedure. 1. Push the button. 2. Turn the MENU/ENTER dial clockwise or counterclockwise, the display will appear in the following order. Audio � Clock � Radio � Language 3. Push the MENU/ENTER dial to select the item. 4-24 Audio adjustments: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Push the button and then select “Audio”. Turn the MENU/ENTER dial, and the mode will change as follows. Sound � AUX In � Audio Default Push the MENU/ENTER dial to select the setting you want to change. Turn the MENU/ENTER dial to adjust the selected item. Sound: To adjust the sound quality, turn the MENU/ ENTER. Push the MENU/ENTER dial to select the setting item. Turn the MENU/ENTER dial to adjust the setting. . Bass: Enhances or attenuates the bass response sound. . Treble: Enhances or attenuates the treble. . Bal. (Balance): Adjusts the balance of the volume between the left and right speakers. . Fade: Adjusts the balance of the volume between the front and rear speakers. AUX In: Adjusts the volume output from the auxiliary source. Audio Default: Resets sound settings (Bass, Treble, Balance and Fade) to the default settings. Monitor, heater and air conditioner, and audio system Clock setting: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Push the button to enter the setup menu screen and then select “Clock”. Turn the MENU/ENTER dial, and the mode will change as follows. Set Time � ON/OFF � Format Set Time: Adjusts the clock as follows. The hour display will start flashing. Turn the MENU/ENTER dial to adjust the hour and push the MENU/ENTER dial. The minute display will start flashing. Turn the MENU/ENTER dial to adjust the minute and push the MENU/ENTER dial to finish the clock adjustment. ON/OFF: Set the clock display between on and off. If “ON” is selected, the clock will be displayed when the audio unit is turned off by pushing the Power/ VOL dial. Format: Switch the clock display between 24-hour and 12-hour clock mode. Radio setting: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Push the button to enter the setup menu screen and then select “Radio”. This function is used to select the FM frequency band. Language setting: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Push the button to enter the setup menu screen and then select “Language”. Select the appropriate language and push the MENU/ENTER dial. Upon completion, the screen will automatically adapt the language setting. Day/Night button: Fast Forward/Rewind buttons: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Push the button to switch the display brightness between the daytime and nighttime modes. When adjusting the broadcasting station frequency manually, push the or button until the desired frequency is achieved. When adjusting the broadcasting station frequency automatically, push and hold the or button. When the system detects a broadcasting station, it will stop at the station. Phone button: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F For operation of the button, see “Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System” (P.4-30). MEDIA button: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Push the button to play a compatible device when it is connected. Each time the button is pushed, the audio source will change as follows. CD ? USB/iPod ? Bluetooth audio ? AUX ? CD A source that is not available will be skipped. Radio operation D15A1-FE07B788-671D-4DF0-B6C0-E892C2E07CD6 RADIO button: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F When the button is pushed while another audio source is playing, the other audio source will turn off and the radio will turn on. To change the radio bands, push the button until the desired band appears. FM 1 ? FM 2 ? AM ? FM 1 During FM reception, push and hold the button to update FM list. Turn the MENU/ENTER dial to select a station from the FM list. to Radio memory buttons: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F During radio reception, pushing the radio memory button will select the stored radio station. The audio system can store up to 12 FM station frequencies (6 in each of FM 1, FM 2) and 6 AM station frequencies. To store the station frequency manually: 1. Tune to the desired broadcasting station frequency by using the buttons. 2. Push and hold a radio memory button to until a beep sounds. (The radio mutes when the memory button is pushed.) 3. The station indicator will display and the radio mute disengages, indicating that the memory is stored properly. 4. Perform steps 1 - 3 for all other memory buttons. If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the audio fuse blows, the radio memory will be erased. In such a case, reset the desired stations. CD player operation GUID-918154D8-5703-4188-9F25-259FC4135F7E Loading: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Insert a CD into the slot with the label side facing up. The CD will be guided automatically into the slot and will start playing. After loading the CD, the number of tracks and the play time will appear on the display. CAUTION: Do not force the CD into the slot. This could damage the player. NOTE: . The CD player accepts normal audio CDs or CDs containing MP3/WMA/AAC files. . The audio unit will automatically detect if a CD containing MP3/WMA/AAC files is inserted, and the appropriate file format such as “MP3CD” will be indicated. . An error notification message will be displayed when inserting an incompatible disc type (e.g., DVD), or if the player cannot read the CD. Eject the disc and insert another disc. MEDIA button: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F To change to the CD mode, push the button with a CD inserted until the CD mode is selected. List view: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F While the track is being played, push or turn the MENU/ENTER dial to display the available tracks in a listed view mode. To select a track from the list, or a track to start listening to, turn the MENU/ENTER dial and then push the MENU/ENTER dial. Monitor, heater and air conditioner, and audio system 4-25 Quick search: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F In the list view mode, a quick search can be performed to find a track from the list. Push the A-Z button, turn the MENU/ENTER dial to the first alphabetic letter of the song title, and then push the MENU/ENTER dial. When found, a list of the available songs will be displayed. Select a song title, and push the MENU/ENTER dial to play the preferred track. Fast forward/Rewind buttons: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Push and hold the or button to fast forward or rewind through the track. When the button is released, the track will play at normal playing speed. By pushing the or button once, the track will skip forward to the next track or backward to the beginning of the current track. Push the or button more than once to skip through the tracks. Folder browsing: If the recorded media contains folders with music files, pushing the or button will play the tracks of each folder in sequence. To select a preferred folder: 1. Push or turn the MENU/ENTER dial to display a list of tracks in the current folder. 2. Turn the MENU/ENTER dial for the preferred folder. 3. Push the MENU/ENTER dial to access the folder. Push the MENU/ENTER dial again to start playing the first track or turn the MENU/ENTER dial, and push the MENU/ ENTER dial to select another track. If the current selected folder contains sub folders, push the MENU/ENTER dial, and a new screen with a list of sub folders will be displayed. Turn the MENU/ENTER dial for the sub folder and then push the MENU/ENTER dial to select. Select the root folder item when songs are recorded additionally in the root folder. RPT button: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F button, If a CD is ejected by pushing the and it is not taken out from the loading slot within 20 seconds, the CD will automatically be reloaded to the slot in order to protect the CD. USB (Universal Serial Bus) Connection Port D15A1-E9F638F8-88F1-4FC6-B6C1-867904B95102 USB main operation: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Push the button and the current track will be played continuously. MIX button: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Push the button and all the tracks will be played in a random order. WARNING: Do not connect, disconnect or operate the USB device while driving. Doing so can be a distraction. If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident or serious injury. DISP button: CAUTION: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F While a CD with title information is being played, the title of the played track is displayed. When the button is pushed repeatedly while a CD with MP3/WMA/AAC is playing, further information about the track can be displayed along with the track title as follows. Playback time ? Artist ? Album ? Playback time Track details: Pushing and holding the button will turn the display into a detailed overview. Push the button to return to the display for the main display mode. CD Eject button: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F When the button is pushed while a CD is loaded, the CD will be ejected. When the ignition switch is in the “OFF” or “LOCK” position it is possible to eject the CD currently being played. However the audio unit will not be activated. 4-26 Monitor, heater and air conditioner, and audio system . . . Do not force the USB device into the USB connection port. Inserting the USB device tilted or upside-down into the port may damage the port. Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB connection port. Do not grab the USB connection port cover (if equipped) when pulling the USB device out of the port. This could damage the port and the cover. Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally. Pulling the cable may damage the port. Refer to your device manufacturer’s owner information regarding the proper use and care of the device. The USB connection port is located on the lower part of the instrument panel. See “USB (Universal Serial Bus) connection port/AUX (auxiliary) input jack” (P.4-28). When the audio system operates, the system will switch to the USB memory device mode automatically. If the system has been turned off while the USB memory device was playing, pushing the Power/VOL dial will start the USB memory device. The following operations are identical to the audio main operation of the Compact Disc (CD) operation. For details, see “CD player operation” (P.4-25). . List view . Quick search . . MIX (Random play) . RPT (Repeat track) . Folder browsing MEDIA button: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F To change to the USB mode, push the button with a USB connected until the USB mode is selected. DISP button: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F While a track with recorded music information tags (ID3-tags) is being played, the title of the played track is displayed. If the tags are not provided then a notification message is displayed. When the button is pushed continuously, further information about the track can be displayed along with the track title as follows. Playback time ? Artist ? Album ? Playback time Track details: Pushing and holding the button will turn the display into a detailed overview. Push the button to return to the display for the main display mode. iPod playerD15A1-6DCF9559-5DD3-4866-9AB8-683ED2BC9F86 operation Connecting iPod: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F The USB connection port is located on the lower part of the instrument panel. See “USB (Universal Serial Bus) connection port/AUX (auxiliary) input jack” (P.4-28). When the iPod is connected to the vehicle, the iPod music library can only be operated by the vehicle audio controls. Compatibility: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F The system unit shall be compatible with all devices (past and future) supporting Apple Accessory Protocol on USB link. It includes (and not limited to): . iPod nano 1G (Firmware version 1.3.1 -) . iPod nano 2G (Firmware version 1.1.3 -) . iPod nano 3G (Firmware version 1.0.0 -) . iPod nano 4G (Firmware version 1.0.2 -) . iPod nano 5G (Firmware version 1.0.1 -) . iPod nano 6G (Firmware version 1.0 -) . iPod nano 7G (Firmware version 1.0.0 -) . iPod 5G (Firmware version 1.2.1 -) . iPod classic (Firmware version 1.0.0 -) . iPod Touch (iOS 1.1 -) . iPod Touch 2G (iOS 2.1.1 -) . iPod Touch 3G (iOS 3.1 -) . iPod Touch 4G (iOS 4.1 -) . iPod Touch 5G (iOS 6.0.0 -) . iPhone (iOS 1.0.0 - 2.2.1) . iPhone 3G (iOS 2.1 -) . iPhone 3GS (iOS 3.0 -) . iPhone 4/4S (iOS 4.0 -) . iPhone 5 (iOS 6.0.0 -) MEDIA button: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F To operate the iPod, push the button repeatedly until the USB/iPod mode is selected and then push the MENU/ENTER dial. iPod main operation: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Interface: The interface for iPod operation shown on the audio system display is similar to the iPod interface. Use the MENU/ENTER dial to play a track on the iPod. The following items can be chosen from the menu list screen. . Playlists . Artist . Albums . Tracks . more... — Composers — Genre For further information about each item, see the iPod owner’s manual. The following operations are identical to the audio main operation of the Compact Disc (CD) operation. For details, see “CD player operation” (P.4-25). . List view . Quick search . . MIX (Random play) . RPT (Repeat track) Monitor, heater and air conditioner, and audio system 4-27 Bluetooth® audio player main operation: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F DISP button: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F While a track with recorded music information tags (ID3-tags) is being played, the title of the played track is displayed. When the button is pushed repeatedly, further information about the track can be displayed along with the track title as follows: Playback time? Artist ? Album ? Playback time Track details: Pushing and holding the button will turn the display into a detailed overview. To return to the main display, push the button. Bluetooth® audio player operation GUID-5388866B-000B-4986-951A-6B1BFD3A172A Regulatory information: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Bluetooth® is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and licensed to Visteon Corporation. CE statement: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Hereby Visteon Corporation declares that this system is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC. NSY0105 NOTE: The audio system only supports Bluetooth® devices with AVRCP (Audio Video Remote Control Profile) version 1.3, or 1.0 or earlier. JVH0848X To play Bluetooth® audio, the Bluetooth® audio device needs to be paired to the in-vehicle system. For the pairing operation, see “Pairing device” (P.4-31). MEDIA button: To operate the Bluetooth® audio streaming, button repeatedly until “BT Audio” push the is shown. The type of display, or , shown on the audio system can vary depending on the Bluetooth® version of the device. Fast forward/Rewind buttons: When or button is pushed continuously, the track will be played at high speed. When the button is released, the track will be played at normal playing speed. By pushing the or button once, the track will skip forward to the next track or backward to the beginning of the current track. Push the or button more than once to skip through the tracks. 4-28 Monitor, heater and air conditioner, and audio system DISP button: If the song contains music information tags (ID3– tags), the title of the played song will be displayed. If tags are not provided then the display will not show any messages. When the button is pushed repeatedly, further information about the song can be displayed along with the song title. A long push on button will turn the display into a detailed overview. To return to the main display, push the button. Auxiliary (AUX) device player operation D15A1-A07D56BC-1E4D-479E-9D2F-D9FE21EA08FD The AUX input jack is located on the lower part of the instrument panel. See “USB (Universal Serial Bus) connection port/AUX (auxiliary) input jack” (P.4-28). The AUX input jack accepts any standard analog audio input such as from a portable cassette tape/CD player, MP3 player or laptop computer. Push the button repeatedly until the AUX mode is selected, to play a compatible device when it is plugged into the AUX input jack. NISSAN strongly recommends using a stereo mini plug cable when connecting your music device to the audio system. Music may not play properly when a monaural cable is used. USB (Universal Serial Bus) CONNECTION PORT/AUX D15A1-48EA9CDC-8831-4B77-9E59-2C9D50BED06C (auxiliary) INPUT JACK The USB connection port and AUX input jack are located on the lower part of the instrument panel. USB connection port: . . WAE0030X Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally. Pulling the cable while it is connected may damage the port. The USB connection port can provide 1 A charging circuit for your phone device . If the charging circuit of your device is more than 1 A, it is s recommended to charge your device by power outlet converter, or your device will lose power quickly sometimes. WARNING: . Do not force the USB device into the USB connection port. Inserting the USB device tilted or up-side-down into the port may damage the port. Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB connection port. Do not grab the USB connection port cover (if equipped) when pulling the USB device out of the port. This could damage the port and the cover. . . When the AUX contacts the plug of the connector cable, noise may be heard. The connected external device cannot be operated with the main audio system. The volume and sound quality can be adjusted. The song title in the external device cannot be displayed on the audio display/touch screen display. For the power source of the external device, use the special battery. The external device cannot be charged with the AUX terminal. Noise may be heard if the radio etc. is operated while charging the battery with the power outlet of the vehicle. CD/USB MEMORY DEVICE CARE AND CLEANING D15A1-41B44AC7-8DA4-49C8-9186-8D330430E351 CD Do not connect, disconnect or operate the USB device while driving. Doing so can be a distraction. If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident or serious injury. . . AUX input jack: Insert USB devices or iPod connectors into this port. Refer to your device manufacturer’s owner information regarding the proper use and care of the device. CAUTION: . GUID-5AB66877-D5EE-43CD-9BAC-1888253DDA07 WAE0064X Compatible audio devices, such as some MP3 players, can be connected to the system through the AUX input jack. WARNING: Do not allow the cable or an external device connected to the AUX terminal to affect your driving. NOTE: . Depending on the external device, please note that the volume may be louder or quieter than that of the external device. SAA0451 . . Handle a disc by its edges. Never touch the surface of the disc. Do not bend the disc. Always place the discs in the storage case when they are not being used. Monitor, heater and air conditioner, and audio system 4-29 CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO Bluetooth® HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM (if equipped) D15A1-2B6EF082-07D8-462B-801C-3763A80129DC . . To clean a disc, wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean, soft cloth. Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion. Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for industrial use. A new disc may be rough on the inner and outer edges. Remove the rough edges by rubbing the inner and outer edges with the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated. When installing a CB, ham radio or a car phone in your vehicle, be sure to observe the following cautions, otherwise the new equipment may adversely affect the Engine Control System and other electronic parts. . . 4-30 WARNING: . CAUTION: . USB memory device D15A1-6A29EE84-455D-4075-9BA5-64E42C3C8B97 Do not touch the terminal portion of the USB memory device. . Do not place heavy objects on the USB memory device. . Do not store the USB memory device in highly humid locations. . Do not expose the USB memory device to direct sunlight. . Do not spill any liquids on the USB memory device. Refer to the USB memory device Owner’s Manual for details. D15A1-DCB131E7-E41C-4CFF-8A3F-F8D9857CF511 . . . Keep the antenna as far away as possible from the Electronic Control Module. Keep the antenna wire at least 20 cm (8 in) away from the Engine Control harnesses. Do not route the antenna wire next to any harnesses. Adjust the antenna standing wave ratio as recommended by the manufacturer. Connect the ground wire from the radio chassis to the body. For details, consult a NISSAN dealer. Monitor, heater and air conditioner, and audio system . Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location. If you have to use a phone while driving, exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation. If you find yourself unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone, pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before using a phone. CAUTION: To avoid draining the vehicle battery, use a phone after starting the engine. Bluetooth® is a wireless radio communication standard. This system offers a hands-free facility for your cellular phone to enhance driving comfort. To use the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System, your cellular phone must first be setup. For details, see “Bluetooth® settings” (P.4-31). Once it has been setup, the hands-free mode is automatically activated on the registered cellular phone (via Bluetooth®) when it comes into range. A notification message appears on the audio display when the phone is connected, when an incoming call is being received, as well as when a call is initiated. When a call is active, the audio system, microphone, and buttons on the instrument panel enable hands-free communication. If the audio system is in use at the time, the audio will be muted and will stay muted until the active call has ended. The Bluetooth® system may not be able to connect with your cellular phone for the following reasons: . The cellular phone is too far away from the vehicle. . The Bluetooth® mode on your cellular phone has not been activated. . Your cellular phone has not been paired with the Bluetooth® system of the audio unit. . Your cellular phone does not support Bluetooth® technology. NOTE: . For details, see your cellular phone’s Owner’s Manual. . For assistance with your cellular phone integration, please visit your local NISSAN dealer. REGULATORY INFORMATION D15A1-5DCCDDEE-76F2-455A-9278-988B267F5757 Bluetooth® D15A1-AA2523F7-7C4C-4FA0-AAA9-4B6399F5336E Trademark Bluetooth® is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and licensed to Visteon Corporation. CE statement GUID-1DC163F0-ED45-4230-9382-8A547F4B2FBE Hereby Visteon Corporation declares that this system is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC. NSY0105 NOTE: The audio system only supports Bluetooth® devices with AVRCP (Audio Video Remote Control Profile) version 1.3, or 1.0 or earlier. CONTROL BUTTONS AND MICROPHONE GUID-82D58A7F-267B-4722-BAA7-7418A7649859 Instrument panel: JVH0913X 1. A-Z button button 2. Back 3. Phone button 4. MENU/ENTER dial Microphone: Microphone is located near the room light. Bluetooth® SETTINGS GUID-631BEE16-1124-4429-9E4A-DDBE26EE4A0E Pairing device GUID-1A14AF36-4944-47E7-B569-724924E4CE16 Enter the phone setup menu via the button on the instrument panel, select the “Bluetooth” key, and then check if the Bluetooth® is set to on. (If not, push the MENU/ ENTER dial to turn it on.) To setup the Bluetooth® system to pair (connect or register) your preferred cellular phone, follow the following procedure. 1. To pair a device, use “Scan devices” key or the “Pair device” key on the display. 2. A notification message will be displayed when the phone is successfully paired. 3. The display will return to the current audio source status after the connection is complete. . While the Bluetooth® connection is active, the following icons will appear on the display. — : Signal strength indicator — : Battery status indicator* — : Bluetooth® connection ON indicator *: If low battery is indicated, the Bluetooth® device must be recharged soon. . Up to 5 different Bluetooth® devices can be connected. However, only one device can be used at a time. If 5 different Bluetooth® registered devices are registered, a new device can only replace one of the 5 Monitor, heater and air conditioner, and audio system 4-31 . existing paired devices. The pairing procedure and operation may vary according to device type and compatibility. See the Bluetooth® device Owner’s Manual for further details. Setting items GUID-345C2A46-A075-4A4D-AA2E-4025CB43A454 To set up the Bluetooth® system with a device, the following items are available: JVH0847X . . . . Scan devices Shows all available visible Bluetooth® devices and initializes Bluetooth® connection from the audio unit. A maximum of 5 Bluetooth® devices can be registered. Pair device Bluetooth® devices can be paired with the system. A maximum of 5 Bluetooth® devices can be registered. Sel. device Paired Bluetooth® devices are listed and can be selected for connection. Del. device A registered Bluetooth® device can be deleted. . . Settings Volume and Ringtone options are listed and can be selected for the Bluetooth® hands-free phone. See “General settings” (P.4-35). Bluetooth If this setting is turned off, the connection between the Bluetooth® devices and the invehicle Bluetooth® module will be cancelled. Scan devices: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F 1. Push the button on the instrument panel. Select “Scan devices” key. The audio unit searches for the Bluetooth® devices and shows all devices that were found. Make sure your Bluetooth® device is available at this time. 2. Select the device to be paired using the MENU/ENTER dial. 3. The pairing procedure depends on the device to be connected: a. Device without PIN code: The Bluetooth® connection will be automatically connected without any further input. b. Device with PIN code: Two different ways of pairing are possible depending on the device: . Type A: The message “To pair” and “Enter Pin” 0000 will be displayed. Confirm the PIN code on the device. The Bluetooth® connection will be made. . Type B: The message “Pairing request” and “Confirm password” together with a 6 digit 4-32 Monitor, heater and air conditioner, and audio system code will be displayed. The unique and identical code should be displayed on the device. If the code is identical confirm on the device. The Bluetooth® connection will be made. Pair device: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F . Turn on the Bluetooth® on the audio unit. See “Setting items” (P.4-32). . Use the audio unit to pair: Push the button on the instrument panel. Select the “Pair device” key. The pairing procedure depends on the Bluetooth® device to be connected: 1) Device without PIN code: The Bluetooth® connection will be automatically connected without any further input. 2) Device with PIN code: Two different ways of pairing are possible depending on the device. For the correct procedure details, see “Setting items” (P.432). . Use the Bluetooth® audio/cellular phone device to pair: 1) Switch on the search mode for Bluetooth® devices. If the search mode finds the audio unit it will be shown on the device display. 2) Select the unit device shown as “My Car”. 3) Enter the number code shown on the relevant device with the device’s own keypad, and push the confirmation key on the Bluetooth® device. Refer to the relevant Bluetooth® device Owner’s Manual for further details. Sel. device: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F The paired device list shows which Bluetooth® audio or cellular phone devices have been paired or registered to the system. Select the appropriate device to connect to the system. The following symbols (if equipped) indicate the capability of the registered device: . : Cellular phone integration : Audio streaming (A2DP – Advanced . Audio Distribution Profile) Del. device: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F A registered device can be removed from Bluetooth® system registration. Select a registered device and push the MENU/ENTER dial to confirm to delete. Bluetooth: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Turn the vehicle’s Bluetooth ® system on or off. Push the button to return to the phone setup menu. USING THE SYSTEM D15A1-FD990195-7119-4DC1-A242-BDDF331A9977 The hands-free mode can be operated using the button on the instrument panel. Receiving a D15A1-72366BA7-5F0D-4911-9C88-AE9661005B93 call When receiving an incoming call, the display on the audio unit will show the caller’s phone number (or a notification message that the caller’s phone number cannot be shown) and three operation icons as illustrated. To highlight different icons, turn the MENU/ENTER dial. Push the MENU/ENTER dial to select the highlighted icon. Answering and during a call: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Answer the call by selecting . During the call, the following icons are available: . : Select this item to end the call. . : Select this item to put the call on hold. : . Select this item to transfer the call from the hands-free phone system to your cellular phone. . : Select this item to transfer the call back to the hands-free phone system from the cellular phone. . #123: Select this item to enter numbers during a call. For example, use this function when directed by an automated phone system to dial an extension number. Putting a callGUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F on hold: To put a call on hold, select . Push the MENU/ ENTER dial again to take the call. To reject the call, select . JVH0857X Rejecting a call: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F To reject an incoming call, select . Initiating a call GUID-7C0392E0-8E10-4E3F-944F-86D6C926EEEE WARNING: Park the vehicle in a safe location, and apply the parking brake before making a call. JVH0863X A call can be initiated using one of the following methods: . Making a call from the phonebook . Manually dialing a phone number . Redialing . Using call history (Call List menu) — Dialled — Received — Missed Making a call from the phonebook: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Once the Bluetooth® connection has been made between the registered cellular phone and the hands-free phone system, phonebook data will be transferred automatically to the hands-free phone system. The transfer may take a while before completion. Monitor, heater and air conditioner, and audio system 4-33 NOTE: Phonebook data will be erased when: . Switching to another registered cellular phone. . Cellular phone is disconnected. . The registered cellular phone is deleted from the audio system. 1. Push the button on instrument panel. 2. Turn the MENU/ENTER dial to highlight “Phonebook” and push the MENU/ENTER dial. 3. Scroll down through the list, select the appropriate contact name (highlighted), and push the MENU/ENTER dial. 4. The screen will show the number to be dialled. Push the MENU/ENTER dial to dial the number. If more than one number is registered, select an appropriate icon. . : Home . : Cellular phone . : Office Quick searching the phonebook: The quick search mode can be used as follows: 1. Push the A-Z button. 2. Turn the MENU/ENTER dial for the first alphabetical or numerical letter of the contact name. Once highlighted, push the MENU/ENTER dial to select the letter. 3. The display will show the corresponding contact name(s). Where necessary, use the MENU/ENTER dial to scroll further for the appropriate contact name to call. 4. The screen will show the number to be dialled. Push the MENU/ENTER dial to dial the number. 4. Manually dialling a phone number: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Using call history (Call list menu): GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F JVH0859X JVH0858X To dial a phone number manually, perform the following operation: 1. Push the button on the instrument panel and turn the MENU/ENTER dial to highlight “Dial Number”. 2. Push the MENU/ENTER dial to select “Dial Number”. 3. Turn the MENU/ENTER dial to scroll along and highlight each number of the phone number. Push the MENU/ENTER dial to select the highlighted number. 4-34 Monitor, heater and air conditioner, and audio system To delete the last number entered, scroll to the “/” (Backspace symbol) and once highlighted, push the MENU/ENTER dial. The last number will be deleted. Pushing the MENU/ ENTER dial repeatedly will delete each subsequent number. After entering the last number, scroll to the ” symbol and push the MENU/ENTER “ dial to dial the number. Redialing: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F To redial or call the last number dialled, push and hold the button on the instrument panel for more than 2 seconds. JVH0860X A number from the dialled, received, or missed call lists can also be used to make a call. button on the instrument 1. Push the panel and select “Call List” on the display. 2. Turn the MENU/ENTER dial and scroll to an item, and push the MENU/ENTER dial to select an item. Available items: . Dialed Use the dialled call mode to make a call which is based on the list of outgoing (dialled) calls. General settings GUID-22BADC33-E704-4287-A6B0-7B57C5E8A54E . Received Use the received call mode to make a call which is based on the list of received calls. . . Missed — Phone Switch the phone ringing volume on or off. PB download Download the phonebook of the mobile device to the audio unit. Use the missed call mode to make a call which is based on the list of missed calls. 3. Scroll to the preferred phone number and push the MENU/ENTER dial or button on the instrument panel. Second incoming call GUID-A6E3F1C0-4310-4D04-82D0-DA86ADDD2187 JVH1202X Push the button on instrument panel. Using the MENU/ENTER dial, select “Settings”. Volume settings and manually downloading the phonebook can be done using this menu. Menu operation: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Turn the MENU/ENTER dial to change the highlighted item and to change the volume settings. Push the MENU/ENTER dial to select the highlighted item and to apply the setting. JVH0861X Whenever there is a second incoming call is shown in the display. By selecting the “ ” icon the call is accepted and the current call is put on hold. Selecting the “ ” icon using the MENU/ ENTER dial rejects the second incoming call. When this is done during the conversation it ends the call. Selecting the “ ” icon using the MENU/ENTER dial switches the call on line between the first and the second call. Menu items: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F . Volume — Ring Set the phone ringing volume. — Call Set the volume of the conversation during a call. . Ringtone — Car Switch the ringtone to ring from the vehicle or the cellular phone. Monitor, heater and air conditioner, and audio system 4-35 MEMO 4-36 Monitor, heater and air conditioner, and audio system 5 Starting and driving Break-in schedule ......................................................................................... .... Before starting engine .............................................................................. .... Precautions when starting and driving ...................................... .... Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) ............................................... .... Three-way catalyst (gasoline engine model) ................. .... Care when driving ........................................................................................ .... Engine cold start period .................................................................. .... Loading luggage .................................................................................... .... Driving in wet conditions ................................................................ .... Driving in winter conditions ......................................................... .... Ignition switch (model without Intelligent Key system) ....................................................................................................... .... Manual Transmission (MT) ............................................................. .... Key positions ............................................................................................ .... Steering lock ............................................................................................. .... Push-button ignition switch (model with Intelligent Key system) ....................................................................................................... .... Precautions on push-button ignition switch operation .................................................................................... .... Intelligent Key system ....................................................................... .... Steering lock ............................................................................................. .... Ignition switch positions ................................................................. .... Intelligent Key battery discharge ............................................. .... Starting engine (model without Intelligent Key system) ....................................................................................................... .... Gasoline engine ...................................................................................... .... Diesel engine ............................................................................................. .... Starting engine (model with Intelligent Key system) ....... .... Driving vehicle ................................................................................................. .... Driving with Manual Transmission (MT) .............................. .... 5-2 5-2 5-2 5-3 5-3 5-4 5-4 5-4 5-4 5-4 5-4 5-4 5-4 5-5 5-5 5-5 5-5 5-6 5-6 5-6 5-7 5-7 5-7 5-8 5-9 5-9 Eco mode (if equipped) ........................................................................ .... Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system (if equipped) .................................................................................................. .... Hill start assist system (if equipped) ......................................... .... Speed limiter (if equipped) ................................................................ .... Speed limiter operations ........................................................... .... Cruise control (if equipped) .............................................................. .... Precautions on cruise control ............................................... .... Cruise control operations ......................................................... .... Fuel Efficiency and Carbon Dioxide Reduction driving tips ...................................................................................................... .... Increasing fuel economy and reducing Carbon Dioxide emissions ..................................................................................... .... Parking .............................................................................................................. .... Parking sensor (sonar) system ...................................................... .... Trailer towing ............................................................................................... .... Power steering ............................................................................................ .... Hydraulic pump electric power steering type ......... .... Brake system ............................................................................................... .... Brake precautions .......................................................................... .... Brake assist .......................................................................................... .... Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ........................................... .... Vehicle security .......................................................................................... .... Cold weather driving ............................................................................. .... Battery ..................................................................................................... .... Engine coolant .................................................................................. .... Tire equipment .................................................................................. .... Special winter equipment ........................................................ .... Parking brake ..................................................................................... .... Corrosion protection .................................................................... .... 5-10 5-11 5-12 5-12 5-12 5-14 5-14 5-14 5-15 5-16 5-16 5-18 5-19 5-19 5-19 5-19 5-19 5-20 5-20 5-21 5-21 5-22 5-22 5-22 5-22 5-22 5-22 BREAK-IN SCHEDULE BEFORE STARTING ENGINE D15A1-E8B3C646-A778-4313-AF16-0B6BA360E60C D15A1-41CA11C8-A71B-431A-9816-BFD8BE3B85AC During the first 1,000 km (621 miles) (H4K engine) or 1,500 km (932 miles) (K9K engine), follow these recommendations to obtain maximum engine performance and ensure the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle. Failure to follow these recommendations may result in shortened engine life and reduced engine performance. . Do not drive at a constant speed, either fast or slow, for long periods of time. . Do not run the engine over 3,000 to 3,500 rpm (H4K engine) or 2,500 rpm (K9K engine). . Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear. . Do not start quickly. . Do not brake hard as much as possible. . . . . . . . . Starting and driving D15A1-31CD6104-0310-4DC0-AF37-02F08BEF2110 WARNING: The driving characteristics of your vehicle will change remarkably by any additional load and its distribution, as well as by adding optional equipment (roof racks, etc.). Your driving style and speed must be adjusted according to the circumstances. Especially when carrying heavy loads, your speed must be reduced adequately. . 5-2 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear. Visually inspect tires for their appearance and condition. Measure and check the tire pressure for proper inflation. Check that all windows and lights are clean. Adjust the seat and head restraint positions. Adjust the inside and outside rearview mirror positions. Fasten your seat belt and ask all passengers to do the same. Check that all doors are closed. Check the operation of the warning lights when the ignition switch is placed in the “ON” position. Maintenance items in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section should be checked periodically. WARNING: . . Never leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle. Pets should not be left alone either. They could unknowingly activate switches or controls and inadvertently become involved in a serious accident and injure themselves. On hot, sunny days, temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal illness to people or animals. Properly secure all luggage to help prevent it from sliding or shifting. Do not place luggage higher than the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or collision, unsecured luggage could cause personal injury. NOTE: During the first few months after purchasing a new vehicle, if you smell strong odors of Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) inside the vehicle, ventilate the passenger compartment thoroughly. Open all the windows before entering or while in the vehicle. In addition, when the temperature in the passenger compartment rises, or when the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight for a period of time, turn off the air recirculation mode of the air conditioner and/or open the windows to allow sufficient fresh air into the passenger compartment. — You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger compartment. — You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system. — You have had an accident involving damage to the exhaust system, underbody, or rear of the vehicle. EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide) D15A1-FF415DD8-A3E6-4538-B550-ED73193BFA0D WARNING: . . . . . . . Do not breathe exhaust gas; it contains colorless and odorless carbon monoxide. Carbon monoxide is dangerous. It can cause unconsciousness or death. If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering the vehicle, drive with all windows fully open, and have the vehicle inspected immediately. Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage. Do not park the vehicle with the engine running for an extended period of time. Keep the back door closed while driving, otherwise exhaust gas could be drawn into the passenger compartment. If you must drive with the back door open, follow these precautions: — Open all the windows. — Turn the air recirculation mode off and set the fan speed control to the highest level to circulate the air. If a special body or other equipment is added for recreational or other usage, follow the manufacturer’s recommendation to prevent carbon monoxide entry into the vehicle. (Some recreational vehicle appliances such as stoves, refrigerators, heaters, etc. may also generate carbon monoxide.) The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic whenever: — Your vehicle is raised while being serviced. THREE-WAY CATALYST (gasoline engine model) D15A1-8BE2416E-1724-4A2B-858D-F590C9D3C8F1 WARNING: . . . . . overheat. Do not keep driving if the engine misfires, or if noticeable loss of performance or other unusual operating conditions are detected. Have the vehicle inspected promptly by a NISSAN dealer. Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level. Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire, damaging the threeway catalyst. Do not race the engine while warming it up. Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine. The exhaust gas and the exhaust system are very hot. Keep people, animals and flammable materials away from the exhaust system components. Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass, wastepaper or rags. They may ignite and cause a fire. The three-way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system. Exhaust gas in the three-way catalyst is burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants. CAUTION: . . Do not use leaded gasoline. (See “Recommended fluids/lubricants and capacities” (P.9-2).) Deposits from leaded gasoline seriously reduce the ability of the threeway catalyst to help reduce exhaust pollutants and/or damage the threeway catalyst. Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunctions in the ignition, fuel injection, or electrical systems may cause overrich fuel to flow into the three-way catalyst, causing it to Starting and driving 5-3 IGNITION SWITCH (model without Intelligent Key system) CARE WHEN DRIVING D15A1-365EE49C-5FF9-4447-845A-3881038C5420 Driving your vehicle to fit the circumstances is essential for your safety and comfort. As a driver, you should be the one who knows best how to drive in the given circumstances. ENGINE COLD START PERIOD D15A1-B89C453D-A996-4A1A-A896-4FC3520E6BFC Due to the higher engine speeds, when the engine is cold, extra caution must be exercised when selecting a gear during the engine warmup period after starting the engine. LOADING LUGGAGE D15A1-C663B3F6-8EAA-46C6-9228-B3141F69D6D3 D15A1-91DDB153-CBCA-454D-B139-A71B18FD2EDC DRIVING IN WINTER CONDITIONS D15A1-3939347B-E446-4695-87D1-257AFA202DC2 . . . . . Drive cautiously. Avoid accelerating or stopping suddenly. Avoid sharp turning or lane changing suddenly. Avoid sudden steering. Avoid following too close to the vehicle in front. WARNING: Never remove the key or turn the ignition switch to the “LOCK” position while driving. The steering wheel will lock and could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle. This could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury. MANUAL TRANSMISSION (MT) D15A1-21B70D8F-F098-475A-A77E-979553F48594 Loads and their distribution and the attachment of equipment (coupling devices, roof luggage carriers, etc.) will considerably change the driving characteristics of the vehicle. Your driving style and speed must be adjusted according to the circumstances. DRIVING IN D15A1-3DDDCE8B-46F7-4220-938D-F02C21034A4A WET CONDITIONS Avoid accelerating or stopping suddenly. Avoid sharp turning or lane changing suddenly. . Avoid following too close to the vehicle in front. When water covers the road surface with water puddles, small water streams, etc., reduce speed to prevent hydroplaning which can cause skidding and loss of control. Worn tires will increase this risk. . . JVS0807X The ignition switch includes a device that helps prevent accidental removal of the key while driving. The key can only be removed when the ignition switch is in the “LOCK” position . KEY POSITIONS D15A1-95CA75D5-0D2E-4FAF-BC0D-63E3D92C30B8 LOCK (1) . . 5-4 Starting and driving D15A1-144974C4-67B8-4F45-92DA-6954532EDEFE The ignition key can only be removed at this position. The steering lock can only be locked at this position. PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH (model with Intelligent Key system) D15A1-8D8CC42A-9474-401D-AE63-E7B674B40563 OFF (2) D15A1-54D824D0-1B74-4475-84F5-CA80FB23D19C The engine is turned off with the steering wheel unlocked. ON (3) START (4) D15A1-16D5423F-AB96-440A-A9B2-60948BDBB14C The engine starter activates and the engine will start. The ignition switch, when released, will automatically turn to the “ON” position. CAUTION: As soon as the engine has started, release the ignition switch immediately. STEERING LOCK D15A1-84FC5F17-E3C7-4BE1-842B-2338DC8B9E85 To lock steering wheel D15A1-643D9CDC-8445-49BB-8146-1F81F862C0B9 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch to the “LOCK” position. Remove the key from the ignition switch. Turn the steering wheel 1/6 of a turn clockwise from the straight up position. Do not operate the push-button ignition switch while driving the vehicle except in an emergency. (The engine will stop when the ignition switch is pushed 3 consecutive times or the ignition switch is pushed and held for more than 2 seconds.) The steering wheel will lock and could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle. This could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury. Before operating the push-button ignition switch, be sure to move the shift lever to the “N” (Neutral) position. INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM D15A1-771FA3AD-C30C-4693-98E4-B9AE610D746B The Intelligent Key system can operate the ignition switch without taking the key out from your pocket or bag. The operating environment and/or conditions may affect the Intelligent Key system operation. CAUTION: . To unlock steering wheel D15A1-F991849F-1987-473E-AFAD-235CD32C3712 1. 2. Insert the key into the ignition switch. Gently turn the ignition switch while rotating the steering wheel slightly right and left. Operating range D15A1-80A44E43-0A1B-4ABB-A7E6-BD571734D53C WARNING: D15A1-8FAE5841-E613-460B-A914-0927C1C5B9A6 The ignition system and the electrical accessory power activate without the engine turned on. 1. PRECAUTIONS ON PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH OPERATION D15A1-13562CA9-9E1B-4EA6-B476-DA4BA15F7D32 . . Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehicle. Never leave the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle when you leave the vehicle. If the vehicle battery is discharged, the ignition switch cannot be switched from the “LOCK” position, and if the steering lock is engaged, the steering wheel cannot be moved. Charge the battery as soon as possible. (See “Jump starting” (P.6-7).) WAF0170X The Intelligent Key can only be used for starting the engine when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range . When the Intelligent Key battery is almost discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operating location, the Intelligent Key system’s operating range becomes narrower and may not function properly. If the Intelligent Key is within the operating range, it is possible for anyone, even someone who does not carry the Intelligent Key, to push the ignition switch to start the engine. . If the Intelligent Key is placed on the instrument panel, inside the glove box, door pocket or the corner of the interior compartment, the Intelligent Key may not function. . If the Intelligent Key is placed near the door or window outside the vehicle, the Intelligent Key may function. Starting and driving 5-5 STEERING LOCK D15A1-E0563F6E-C5FD-4C6A-83D7-9D4CAE048AA9 The ignition switch is equipped with an antitheft steering lock device. . To lock steering wheel D15A1-1990FCB9-1E45-4067-9185-B54F65489D5D 1. 2. 3. Push the ignition switch to the stop the engine. Open or close the driver’s door. The ignition switch turns to the “LOCK” position. Turn the steering wheel 1/6 of a turn to the right or left from the straight up position. To unlock steering wheel D15A1-836CAB5B-2A97-4D4D-BA13-0D61A7DEAB3B ON positionD15A1-9FF5AE68-135D-4D67-8BBC-43E8DC88123E CAUTION: . Do not leave the vehicle for extended periods of time when the ignition switch is in the “ON” position and the engine is not running. This can discharge the battery. Use electrical accessories with the engine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery. If you must use accessories while the engine is not running, do not use them for extended periods of time and do not use multiple electrical accessories at the same time. The ignition system and the electrical accessory power activate at this position without the engine turned on. The “ON” position has a battery saver feature that will turn off the ignition if the vehicle is not running for 3 minutes. LOCK position D15A1-43425BBE-7F00-4ED4-A875-071702F2842A The ignition switch and steering lock can only be locked at this position. INTELLIGENTD15A1-EC7BC919-57BA-4B13-9C48-52E1663770CA KEY BATTERY DISCHARGE Push the ignition switch, and the steering wheel will be automatically unlocked. CAUTION: . . If the battery of the vehicle is discharged, the push-button ignition switch cannot be switched from the “LOCK” position. If the ignition switch position does not change from the “LOCK” position, push the ignition switch again while rotating the steering wheel slightly to the right and left. IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONS D15A1-78788975-EF20-4EEC-9BD9-C8FD1F38789B WARNING: Never push the ignition switch to stop the engine while driving. The steering wheel may lock and cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle, resulting in serious vehicle damage or personal injury. 5-6 Starting and driving WAF0154X WAF0007X Push the ignition switch once to change to “ON”. The ignition switch will automatically return to the “LOCK” position when the driver’s door is either opened or closed. If the battery of the Intelligent Key is almost discharged, the “KEYCARD BATTERY LOW” or “PLEASE INSERT KEYCARD” message appears in the vehicle information display. (See “Vehicle information display” (P.2-11).) In this case, inserting the Intelligent Key into the port allows you to start the engine. Make sure that the key ring side faces backward as illustrated. Insert the Intelligent Key in the port until it is latched and secured. To remove the Intelligent Key from the port, push the ignition switch to stop the engine and pull the Intelligent Key. STARTING ENGINE (model without Intelligent Key system) D15A1-CBF21064-B60B-405D-A4B8-F9ACF8015B5A CAUTION: . . . . The Intelligent Key port does not charge the Intelligent Key battery. If you see the “KEYCARD BATTERY LOW” or “PLEASE INSERT KEYCARD” message on the vehicle information display, replace the battery as soon as possible. (See “Intelligent Key battery” (P.8-18).) Never place anything except the Intelligent Key in the Intelligent Key port. Doing so may cause damage to the equipment. Make sure the Intelligent Key is in the correct direction when inserting it to the Intelligent Key port. The engine may not start if it is in the wrong direction. Remove the Intelligent Key from the Intelligent Key port after the ignition switch is pushed to stop the engine. GASOLINE ENGINE GUID-53CB1C60-3F56-495B-B8EC-1666B8A0CF9D 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Apply the parking brake. Depress the foot brake pedal. Move the shift lever to the “N” (Neutral) position, and depress the clutch pedal to the floor while starting the engine. Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by turning the ignition switch to the “START” position. Immediately release the ignition switch when the engine starts. If the engine starts, but fails to run, repeat the above procedures. If the engine is very hard to start in extremely cold or hot weather, depress the accelerator pedal and hold it to help start the engine. CAUTION: . . Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time. If the engine does not start, turn the ignition switch off and wait 10 seconds before cranking the engine again. Otherwise, the starter could be damaged. After 3 sequence of attempts, if the engine fails to start or requires many attempts to start, contact a NISSAN dealer. . Do not operate the starter if the engine is running or while a gear is engaged. It may damage the starter. . If it becomes necessary to start the engine with a booster battery and jumper cables, the instructions and cautions contained in the “6. In case of emergency” section should be carefully followed. 6. Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 seconds after starting the engine to warmup. Drive at moderate speeds for a short distance first, especially in cold weather. CAUTION: Do not leave the vehicle unattended while the engine is warming up. DIESEL ENGINE GUID-4DC445E1-881C-46F3-BDE7-EECCF2CAEDB5 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Apply the parking brake. Depress the foot brake pedal. Move the shift lever to the “N” (Neutral) position, and depress the clutch pedal to the floor while starting the engine. Turn the ignition switch to the “ON” position and wait until the glow plug indicator light turns off. Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by turning the ignition switch to the “START” position. Immediately release the ignition switch when the engine starts. If the engine starts, but fails to run, repeat the above procedures. CAUTION: . . Do not operate the starter for more than 20 seconds at a time. If the engine does not start, turn the ignition switch off and wait 20 seconds before cranking the engine again. Otherwise, the starter could be damaged. After 3 sequence of attempts, if the engine fails to start or requires many attempts to start, contact a NISSAN dealer. Starting and driving 5-7 STARTING ENGINE (model with Intelligent Key system) D15A1-2DE2AF3E-2C98-4B3D-B10F-15559EF7B7ED . . 7. Do not operate the starter if engine is running or while a gear is engaged. It may damage the starter. If it becomes necessary to start the engine with a booster battery and jumper cables, the instructions and cautions contained in the “6. In case of emergency” section should be carefully followed. 1. 2. 3. Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 seconds after starting the engine to warmup. Drive at moderate speeds for a short distance first, especially in cold weather. CAUTION: Do not leave the vehicle unattended while the engine is warming up. 4. Apply the parking brake. Move the shift lever to the “N” (Neutral) position. The starter is designed to not operate unless the brake pedal is fully depressed. The Intelligent Key must be carried when operating the ignition switch. Push the ignition switch to the “ON” position and wait until the glow plug indicator light turns off. Depress the brake pedal and push the ignition switch to start the engine. To start the engine immediately, push and release the ignition switch while depressing the brake pedal with the ignition switch in any position. Immediately release the ignition switch when the engine starts. If the engine starts, but fails to run, repeat the above procedures. If the engine is very hard to start in extremely cold or hot weather, depress the accelerator pedal and hold it. Push the ignition switch for up to 15 seconds while holding. Release the accelerator pedal when the engine starts. CAUTION: . . . 5-8 Starting and driving As soon as the engine has started, release the ignition switch immediately. Do not operate the starter for more than 20 seconds at a time. If the engine does not start, wait 20 seconds before cranking the engine again. Otherwise, the starter could be damaged. After 3 sequence of attempts, if the engine fails to start or requires many attempts to start, contact a NISSAN deal- er. . If it becomes necessary to start the engine with a booster battery and jumper cables, the instructions and cautions contained in the “6. In case of emergency” section should be carefully followed. 5. Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 seconds after starting the engine to warmup. Drive at moderate speeds for a short distance first, especially in cold weather. CAUTION: Do not leave the vehicle unattended while the engine is warming up. 6. To stop the engine, move the shift lever to the “N” (Neutral) position, apply the parking brake and push the ignition switch to stop the engine. DRIVING VEHICLE D15A1-FC8DD999-532D-4255-B52B-8544BBF23419 DRIVING WITH MANUAL TRANSMISSION (MT) D15A1-08EE8EF5-22CA-45AE-97E1-FC6FB2E7A861 Starting vehicle D15A1-16757328-65FA-4660-BD9B-5E43351F3AF1 1. WARNING: . . Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads. This may cause a loss of vehicle control. Do not over-rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear. This may cause a loss of vehicle control or engine damage. CAUTION: . . . . . Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving. This may damage the clutch system. Fully depress the clutch pedal before shifting to help prevent transmission damage. Stop the vehicle completely before shifting into the “R” (Reverse) position. When the vehicle is stopped for a period of time, for example waiting at stoplights, shift to the “N” (Neutral) position and release the clutch pedal with the foot brake pedal depressed. Do not shift to the "N" (Neutral) position while driving. Doing so may result in an accident due to loss of engine braking. 2. 5-speed ManualGUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Transmission (MT) model: After starting the engine, depress the clutch pedal to the floor and move the shift lever to the “1” (1st) or “R” (Reverse) position. Slowly depress the accelerator pedal, releasing the clutch pedal and parking brake at the same time. Shifting gear D15A1-708BE0C7-A6C5-48DA-A9C3-3AD53F8A3232 To change gears, or when upshifting or downshifting, fully depress the clutch pedal, shift into the appropriate gear, then slowly and smoothly release the clutch pedal. To ensure smooth gear changes, fully depress the clutch pedal before operating the shift lever. If the clutch pedal is not fully depressed before the transmission is shifted, a gear noise may be heard. Transmission damage could occur. Start the vehicle in the “1” (1st) position and shift to the “2” (2nd), “3” (3rd), “4” (4th), “5” (5th) and “6” (6th) (if equipped) gear in sequence according to the vehicle speed. If it is difficult to move the shift lever into the “R” (Reverse) or “1” (1st) position, shift to the “N” (Neutral) position, and then release the clutch pedal once. Fully depress the clutch pedal again and shift into “R” or “1”. WAF0010X You cannot shift directly from the “5” (5th) position into the R (Reverse) position. First shift into the N (Neutral) position, then shift into the R (Reverse) position. 6-speed ManualGUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Transmission (MT) model: SSD0552 . . To reverse, stop the vehicle and move the shift lever into the N (Neutral) position, and then pull the ring upward to shift into the R (Reverse) position. The ring returns to its original position when the shift lever is moved to the N (Neutral) position. Starting and driving 5-9 ECO MODE (if equipped) GUID-3AFB1CD4-1855-4684-BECF-C50C47C59B4D Gear shift indicator (if equipped) GUID-5B7EC4F7-B4DD-4EC0-BB59-014CCE1A832F H4K engine model: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th km/h (MPH) 43 (27) 79 (49) 123 (76) — (—) — (—) K9K engine model (for models not equipped with the VDC system): GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F SSD1159 The manual transmission gear shift indicator appears in the meter when the driver should shift into a higher or lower gear as indicated by the up or down arrow. The use of the gear shift indicator will help the driver to upshift or downshift at a constant engine speed from any gear according to the preferred operation or road condition. When the up arrow appears, upshifting is recommended. When the down arrow appears, downshifting is recommended. Suggested maximum speed in each gear D15A1-11EBED13-E731-4C5E-A85D-AC41FFF83620 Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly, or if you need to accelerate. Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed (shown below) in any gear. For level road driving, use the highest gear suggested for that speed. Always observe posted speed limits, and drive according to the road conditions which will ensure safe operation. Do not overrev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause engine damage or loss of vehicle control. 5-10 Starting and driving 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th km/h (MPH) 39 (24) 75 (47) 110 (68) — (—) — (—) — (—) K9K engine model (for models equipped with the VDC system): GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th km/h (MPH) 37 (23) 72 (45) 106 (66) — (—) — (—) — (—) WAF0011X The ECO mode system helps to enhance the fuel economy by controlling the air conditioner and power-assisted steering automatically to avoid rapid acceleration. To turn on the ECO mode system, push the ECO mode switch located on the right side of the instrument panel. The ECO mode indicator light illuminates on the meter. To turn off the ECO mode, push the ECO mode switch again. The ECO mode indicator light will turn off. The ECO mode system can be turned off while the accelerator pedal is firmly depressed even if the ECO mode switch is pushed to on. Release the accelerator pedal to turn on the ECO mode system again. VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC) SYSTEM (if equipped) D15A1-664D8AFF-261B-4944-B0D6-F0B3F5767B92 WARNING: . . . . . . The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system is designed to help the driver maintain stability but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steering operation at high speeds or by careless or dangerous driving techniques. Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery surfaces and always drive carefully. Do not modify the vehicle’s suspension. If suspension parts such as shock absorbers, struts, springs, stabilizer bars, bushings and wheels are not NISSAN recommended for your vehicle or are extremely deteriorated, the VDC system may not operate properly. This could adversely affect vehicle handling performance, and the VDC warning light may illuminate. If brake related parts such as brake pads, rotors and calipers are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated, the VDC system may not operate properly and the VDC warning light may illuminate. If engine control related parts are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated, the VDC warning light may illuminate. When driving on extremely inclined surfaces such as higher banked corners, the VDC system may not operate properly and the VDC warning light may illuminate. Do not drive on these types of roads. When driving on an unstable surface such as a turntable, ferry, elevator or ramp, the . . may illuminate. VDC warning light This is not a malfunction. Restart the engine after driving onto a stable surface. If wheels or tires other than the NISSAN recommended ones are used, the VDC system may not operate properly and the VDC warning light may illuminate. The VDC system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road. The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system uses various sensors to monitor driver inputs and vehicle motion. Under certain driving conditions, the VDC system helps to perform the following functions. . Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel slip on one slipping drive wheel so power is transferred to a non slipping drive wheel on the same axle. . Controls brake pressure and engine output to reduce drive wheel slip based on vehicle speed (traction control function). . Controls brake pressure at individual wheels and engine output to help the driver maintain control of the vehicle in the following conditions: — understeer (vehicle tends to not follow the steered path despite increased steering input) — oversteer (vehicle tends to spin due to certain road or driving conditions). The VDC system can help the driver to maintain control of the vehicle, but it cannot prevent loss of vehicle control in all driving situations. When the VDC system operates, the VDC warning light in the instrument panel flashes so note the following: The road may be slippery or the system may determine some action is required to help the vehicle on the steered path. . You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from under the hood. This is normal and indicates that the VDC system is working properly. . Adjust your speed and driving to the road conditions. If a malfunction occurs in the system, the VDC illuminates in the instrument warning light panel. The VDC system automatically turns off. See “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light” (P.2-8). The computer has a built-in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle forward or in reverse at a slow speed. When the self-test occurs, you may hear a “clunk” noise and/or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal. This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction. . Starting and driving 5-11 HILL START ASSIST SYSTEM (if equipped) SPEED LIMITER (if equipped) D15A1-A3B9F748-5B3B-4B70-9464-CD7A7ECDF40B WARNING: . . . Never rely solely on the hill start assist system to prevent the vehicle from moving backward on a hill. Always drive carefully and attentively. Depress the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped on a steep hill. Be especially careful when stopped on a hill on frozen or muddy roads. Failure to prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards may result in a loss of control of the vehicle and possible serious injury or death. The hill start assist system is not designed to hold the vehicle at a standstill on a hill. Depress the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped on a steep hill. Failure to do so may cause the vehicle to roll backwards and may result in a collision or serious personal injury. The hill start assist system may not prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards on a hill under all load or road conditions. Always be prepared to depress the brake pedal to prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards. Failure to do so may result in a collision or serious personal injury. The hill start assist system automatically keeps the brakes applied to help prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards in the time it takes the driver to release the brake pedal and apply the accelerator when the vehicle is stopped on a hill. The hill start assist system will operate automatically under the following conditions: . The transmission is shifted to a forward or reverse gear. 5-12 Starting and driving GUID-C96E853B-84EB-4628-9ED4-34A36E3A0899 The vehicle is stopped completely on a hill by applying the brake. The maximum holding time is 2 seconds. After 2 seconds the vehicle will begin to roll back and the hill start assist system will stop operating completely. The hill start assist system will not operate when the transmission is shifted to the “N” (Neutral) or on a flat and level road. When the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light illuminates in the meter, the hill start assist system will not operate. (See “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system” (P.5-11).) . The speed limiter allows you to set the desired vehicle speed limit. While the speed limiter is activated, the driver can perform normal braking and acceleration, but the vehicle will not exceed the set speed. WARNING: . . Always observe posted speed limits. Do not set the speed over them. Always confirm the setting status of the speed limiter on the instrument panel. When the speed limiter is on, the cruise control cannot be operated. SPEED LIMITER OPERATIONS GUID-A1ACE4F4-2614-4D23-91E2-2F5E42EC7C82 The speed limiter can be set between 30 km/h and 200 km/h (19 MPH and 124 MPH). The speed limiter set switches are located on the steering wheel and the right side of the instrument panel. WAF0012X The speed limiter operating condition is shown on the instrument panel. Instrument panel: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F 1. Speed limiter set speed 2. Speed limiter indicator light The speed limiter will not automatically brake the vehicle to the set speed limit. Turning on speed limiter GUID-83BE7EB7-26E6-46ED-B17F-E87CA76E0ED7 WAF0013X 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. + switch − switch RES switch * switch Speed limiter MAIN switch (When this switch is pushed, the speed limiter enters the standby mode. If the cruise control system is on, the system will turn off and the speed limiter enters the standby mode.) Cruise control MAIN switch (For details, see “Cruise control” (P.5-14).) Speed limiterGUID-1D13B097-DEED-47F6-ABBC-2DCC19A56137 display and indicators WAF0014X Push the speed limiter MAIN switch. The speed limiter indicator (orange) illuminates. The speed limiter set speed shows “- - -”. Setting speed limit GUID-F5BAED59-50DE-4ADD-BD12-D1F41C279D8F 1. 2. Push the + switch. . When the vehicle is stopped, the speed will be set at 30 km/h (19 MPH). . While driving, the speed limit will be set at the current speed. When the speed limit is set, the speed limiter indicator light and the speed limiter set speed illuminate on the instrument panel. Changing set speed limit: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Use the following operation to change the speed limit. . Push, then quickly release the + or − switch. Each time you do this, the set speed will increase or decrease by approximately 2 km/h (1.2 MPH). Canceling speed limit GUID-63BB5432-F856-4713-A711-FD776B5152A5 To cancel the speed limiter, push the * switch. The speed limiter indicator light will turn off. (The speed limiter set speed will remain on the display.) If the accelerator pedal is fully depressed (beyond the resistance point), the speed limiter is temporarily suspended and the vehicle speed may be controlled above the set speed. The speed limiter set speed will flash on the vehicle information display. The vehicle speed returns to the set speed, the speed limiter will activate and limit vehicle speed. When one of the following operations is performed, the speed limiter will be canceled. The speed limiter set speed and the speed limiter indicator light will turn off. These canceling methods will erase the set speed limit memory. . Push the speed limiter MAIN switch. . Push the cruise control MAIN switch. Speed limiter malfunction GUID-7C2DAC6C-9B7E-42FF-9FEC-168CA934AFB5 If the speed limiter malfunctions, the speed limiter set speed on the instrument panel will blink. Turn the speed limiter MAIN switch off and have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer. Resuming preset speed limit: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Push the + switch or RES switch. The speed limiter indicator light illuminates, and the speed limiter will resume the last set speed limit. If the vehicle is driven at a speed over the last set speed limit, the speed limiter indicator light will blink. Starting and driving 5-13 CRUISE CONTROL (if equipped) GUID-FA220D5E-86D5-4658-8BC2-67A17BAE1780 WARNING: . . Always observe the posted speed limits and do not set the speed over them. Do not use the cruise control when driving under the following conditions. Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident. — When it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a constant speed — When driving in heavy traffic — When driving in traffic that varies speed — When driving in windy areas — When driving on winding or hilly roads — When driving on slippery (rain, snow, ice, etc.) roads CAUTION: Do not shift to the “N” (Neutral) position without depressing the clutch pedal when the cruise control is operated. Should this occur, depress the clutch pedal and turn the cruise control MAIN switch off immediately. Failure to do so may cause engine damage. . checked by a NISSAN dealer. The set speed indicator and cruise control on indicator light may blink when the cruise control MAIN switch is turned on while pushing the RES switch. To properly set the cruise control system, use the following procedures. CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS GUID-0AF10D9E-C570-4E5F-80E9-8FEC4609A549 The cruise control allows driving at speeds above 30 km/h (19 MPH) without keeping your foot on the steering wheel and the accelerator pedal. The cruise control will automatically be canceled if the vehicle slows down more than approximately 13 km/h (8 MPH) below the set speed. Depressing the clutch pedal will cancel the cruise control and the set speed indicator will turn off. The cruise control switches are located on the steering wheel and the right side of the instrument panel. WAF0013X 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. + switch − switch RES switch * switch Speed limiter MAIN switch (For details, see “Speed limiter” (P.5-12).) Cruise control MAIN switch Cruise control display and indicators GUID-291EDC81-32F2-4971-9B02-B38664A12104 PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL GUID-DF8D7EFE-0E39-4E61-9D4D-2108091CF450 . . . If the cruise control system malfunctions, it cancels automatically. The set speed indicator and the cruise control on indicator light will blink to warn the driver. If the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high, the cruise control system will be canceled automatically. If the set speed indicator and cruise control indicator light blink, turn off the cruise control MAIN switch and have the system 5-14 Starting and driving WAF0015X WAF0012X The cruise control operating condition is shown on the instrument panel. FUEL EFFICIENCY AND CARBON DIOXIDE REDUCTION DRIVING TIPS D15A1-F3F8531B-3496-4A94-8288-596829E580FA Instrument 1. Cruise 2. Cruise 3. Speed panel: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F control set speed control on indicator light limiter indicator light Turning on cruise control GUID-ECF111A0-BCD4-4318-AF4C-0BBF8450A8A8 Push the cruise control MAIN switch. The speed limiter indicator light (green) illuminates. The cruise control set speed shows “- - -”. Setting cruising speed GUID-95436A48-7C70-418A-AEB2-818ECC0CA81D 1. 2. 3. Accelerate to the desired speed. Push the + switch and release it. The cruise control on indicator light, the speed limiter indicator light and the cruise control set speed illuminate on the meter panel. 4. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal. The vehicle will maintain the set speed. Passing another vehicle: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Depress the accelerator pedal to accelerate. After releasing the accelerator pedal, the vehicle will return to the previously set speed. The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or down steep hills. In such cases, drive without the cruise control. Resetting to slower speed: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Use any one of the following methods to reset to a slower speed. . Lightly tap the foot brake pedal. When the vehicle reaches the desired speed, push and release the − switch. . Push and hold the − switch. When the vehicle reaches the desired speed, release the − switch. . Quickly push and release the − switch. This will reduce the vehicle speed by about 2 km/h (1.2 MPH). Resetting to faster speed: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Use any one of the following methods to reset to a faster speed. . Depress the accelerator pedal. When the vehicle reaches the desired speed, push and release the − switch. . Push and hold the + switch. When the vehicle reaches the desired speed, release the + switch. . Quickly push and release the + switch. This will increase the vehicle speed by about 2 km/h (1.2 MPH). Resuming at preset speed: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Push and release the RES switch. The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 30 km/h (19 MPH). Canceling cruising speed GUID-9514B08D-471B-469F-9400-C5E7A1E17191 To cancel the cruising speed temporarily, push the * switch. The cruise control on indicator light will turn off. (The cruise control set speed will remain on the display.) To cancel the cruise control, push the cruise control MAIN switch. The cruise control set speed and the cruise control on indicator light will turn off. This canceling method will erase the set cruise control memory. Follow these easy-to-use Fuel Efficiency and Carbon Dioxide Reduction Driving Tips to help you achieve the most fuel economy from your vehicle and reduce carbon dioxide emissions. 1. Use smooth accelerator and brake pedal application. . Avoid rapid starts and stops. . Use smooth, gentle accelerator and brake application whenever possible. . Maintain constant speed while commuting and coast whenever possible. 2. Maintain constant speed. . Look ahead to try and anticipate and minimize stops. . Synchronizing your speed with traffic lights allows you to reduce your number of stops. . Maintaining a steady speed can minimize red light stops and improve fuel efficiency. 3. Drive at economical speeds and distances. . Observing the speed limit and not exceeding 97 km/h (60 MPH) (where legally allowed) can improve fuel efficiency due to reduced aerodynamic drag. . Maintaining a safe following distance behind other vehicles reduces unnecessary braking. . Safely monitoring traffic to anticipate changes in speed permits reduced braking and smooth acceleration changes. . Select a gear range suitable to road conditions. 4. Use cruise control (if equipped). . Using cruise control during highway driving helps maintain a steady speed. Starting and driving 5-15 INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY AND REDUCING CARBON DIOXIDE EMISSIONS . Cruise control is particularly effective in providing fuel savings when driving on flat terrains. 5. Plan for the shortest route. . Utilize a map or navigation system (if equipped) to determine the best route to save time. 6. Avoid idling. . Shutting off your engine when safe for stops exceeding 30-60 seconds saves fuel and reduces emissions. 7. Buy an automated pass for toll roads. . Automated passes permit drivers to use special lanes to maintain cruising speed through the toll and avoid stopping and starting. 8. Winter warm up. . Limit idling time to minimize impact to fuel economy. . Vehicles typically need no more than 30 seconds of idling at start-up to effectively circulate the engine oil before driving. . Your vehicle will reach its ideal operating temperature more quickly while driving versus idling. 9. Keeping your vehicle cool. . Park your vehicle in a covered parking area or in the shade whenever possible. . When entering a hot vehicle, opening the windows will help to reduce the inside temperature faster, resulting in reduced demand on your A/C system. 10. Do not carry excessive weight. . Remove unnecessary objects from the vehicle to reduce vehicle weight. 5-16 Starting and driving PARKING D15A1-5161DEFA-3E97-4C50-AECE-96871311D319 . . . . . Keep your engine tuned up. Follow the recommended scheduled maintenance. Keep the tires inflated to the correct pressure. Low tire pressure increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy. Keep the wheels in correct alignment. Improper alignment increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy. Use the recommended viscosity engine oil. (See “Recommended fluids/lubricants and capacities” (P.9-2).) D15A1-63C20373-8237-4559-8ED1-DFC76D027C63 WARNING: . . . . . Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass, waste paper or rags. They may ignite and cause a fire. Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be applied and the shift lever placed in an appropriate gear. Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in an accident. Never leave the engine running while the vehicle is unattended. Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle. They could unknowingly activate switches or controls. Unattended children could become involved in serious accidents. To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and/or its systems, do not leave children, people who require the assistance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle. Additionally, the temperature inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people and pets. SSD0489 1. 2. 3. Firmly apply the parking brake. Move the shift lever to the “R” (Reverse) position. When parking on an uphill grade, move the shift lever to the “1” (1st) position. To help prevent the vehicle from moving into traffic when parked on an incline, it is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated. HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels towards the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb. Then apply the parking brake. HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels away from the curb and allow the vehicle to move back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb. Then apply the parking brake. HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, WITHOUT CURB Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the center of the road if the vehicle moves. Then apply the parking brake. 4. Model with Intelligent Key system: Place the ignition switch in stop the engine. Model without Intelligent Key system: Place the ignition switch in the “LOCK” position and remove the key. Starting and driving 5-17 PARKING SENSOR (sonar) SYSTEM D15A1-3E16D477-77FE-4062-9980-CE1868E9C61A Keep the sonar sensors (located on the bumper fascia) free from snow, ice and large accumulations of dirt (do not clean the sensors with sharp objects). If the sensors are covered, it will affect the accuracy of the parking sensor (sonar) system. If the parking sensor (sonar) system malfunctions, the beep sounds for 3 seconds when the shift lever is moved to the “R” (Reverse) position. Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer. SSD0723 WARNING: . . . . . The parking sensor (sonar) system is a convenience but it is not a substitute for proper parking. Always look around and check that it is safe to do so before parking. Always move slowly. Read and understand the limitations of the parking sensor (sonar) system as contained in this section. Inclement weather may affect the function of the parking sensor (sonar) system; this may include reduced performance or a false activation. This system is not designed to prevent contact with small or moving objects. The system is designed as an aid to the driver in detecting large stationary objects to help avoid damaging the vehicle. The system will not detect small objects below the bumper, and may not detect objects close to the bumper or on the ground. If your vehicle sustains damage to the bumper fascia, leaving it misaligned or bent, the sensing zone may be altered 5-18 Starting and driving causing inaccurate measurement of obstacles or false alarms. CAUTION: Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible to hear the tone clearly. When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position, the parking sensor (sonar) system is operational. The parking sensor (sonar) system sounds a tone to warn the driver of obstacles near the bumper. The system detects rear obstacles when the shift lever is in the “R” (Reverse) position. The system may not detect objects at speeds above 10 km/h (6 MPH) and may not detect certain angular or moving objects. The parking sensor (sonar) system detects obstacles up to 1.2 m (3.9 ft) from the bumper with a decreased coverage area at the outer corners of the bumper (refer to the illustration for approximate zone coverage areas). As you move closer to the obstacle, the rate of the tone increases. When the obstacle is less than 40 cm (15.7 in) away, the tone will sound continuously. TRAILER TOWING D15A1-5899B275-01B6-41CD-805C-991806AC973D Your vehicle was designed to be used to carry passengers and luggage. NISSAN does not recommend trailer towing, because it places additional loads on your vehicle’s engine, drivetrain, steering, braking and other systems. CAUTION: Vehicle damage resulting from towing a trailer is not covered by the warranty. POWER STEERING GUID-BCDA30B0-9DBA-4200-B39D-6F50F50FBC55 WARNING: If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving, the power assist for the steering will not work. The steering will be harder to operate. HYDRAULIC PUMP ELECTRIC POWER STEERING TYPE GUID-E997326D-57B1-471A-80C8-953DBC65AB68 The hydraulic pump electric power steering is designed to provide power assistance while driving to operate the steering wheel with light force. When the steering wheel is operated repeatedly or continuously while parking or driving at a very low speed, the power assist for the steering wheel will be reduced. This is to prevent overheating of the hydraulic pump electric power steering and protect it from getting damaged. While the power assist is reduced, steering wheel operation will become heavy. If the steering wheel operation is still performed, the power steering may stop. Stop the engine. The temperature of the hydraulic pump electric power steering will go down and the power assist level will return to normal after starting the engine. Avoid repeating such steering wheel operations that could cause the hydraulic pump electric power steering to overheat. You may hear a noise from the front of the vehicle when the steering wheel is operated. This is not a malfunction. BRAKE SYSTEM D15A1-524F2163-875B-4D31-9A49-A2DA9D150D31 The brake system has two separate hydraulic circuits. If one circuit malfunctions, you will still have braking ability at two wheels. BRAKE PRECAUTIONS D15A1-995F14BA-3250-45E8-A4D5-EFBD0B632895 Vacuum assisted brakes D15A1-7AE8E208-0576-4BD2-8C93-C8FFF26A62C6 The brake booster aids braking by using engine vacuum. If the engine stops, you can stop the vehicle by depressing the foot brake pedal. However, greater foot pressure on the foot brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle. The stopping distance will be longer. If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving, the power assisted brakes will not function. Braking will be harder. WARNING: Do not coast with the engine stopped. When the brake pedal is depressed slowly and firmly, you may hear a clicking noise and feel a slight pulsation. This is normal and indicates that the Brake Assist System is operating. Using brakes D15A1-B3E7B0F5-C532-43D1-8150-97FB7B385CFC Avoid resting your foot on the foot brake pedal while driving. This will overheat the brakes, wear out the brake linings/pads faster, and increase fuel consumption. To help reduce brake wear and to prevent the brakes from overheating, reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long grade. Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control. While driving on a slippery surface, be careful when braking, accelerating or downshifting. Abrupt braking or acceleration could cause the wheels to skid and result in an accident. Starting and driving 5-19 Wet brakes D15A1-11304DAE-D8A1-41C5-9629-EB4E233FA326 When the vehicle is washed or driven through water, the brakes may get wet. As a result, your braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking. To dry the brakes, drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly depressing the foot brake pedal to heat up the brakes. Do this until the brakes return to normal. Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly. Parking brakeD15A1-9F650418-1153-4519-A067-F7B1AB1F0389 break-in Break in the parking brake shoes whenever the stopping effect of the parking brake is weakened or whenever the parking brake shoes and/or drums/rotors are replaced, in order to assure the best braking performance. This procedure is described in the vehicle service manual and can be performed by a NISSAN dealer. BRAKE ASSIST D15A1-CDBFBD03-A9DF-438C-AF95-F32FB9DAFFB2 When the force applied to the brake pedal exceeds a certain level, the Brake Assist is activated generating greater braking force than a conventional brake booster even with light pedal force. WARNING: The Brake Assist is only an aid to assist braking operation and is not a collision warning or avoidance device. It is the driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times. ANTI-LOCK D15A1-C5C2BDDA-1861-49E4-A3EF-B800D31DBF5F BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) WARNING: . Driving uphill D15A1-98F5E8C2-2DFE-4585-B8B6-542F87613B7A When starting on a steep grade, it is sometimes difficult to operate both the brake and clutch. Apply the parking brake to hold the vehicle. Do not slip the clutch. When ready to start, slowly release the parking brake while depressing the accelerator pedal and releasing the clutch pedal. Driving downhill D15A1-32139F93-F218-4D2C-BC4E-B0CC3241F2E9 The engine braking action is effective for controlling the vehicle while descending hills. The shift lever should be placed in the lower speed position prior to descending. 5-20 Starting and driving . The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) is a sophisticated device, but it cannot prevent accidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques. It can help maintain vehicle control during braking on slippery surfaces. Remember that stopping distances on slippery surfaces will be longer than on normal surfaces even with ABS. Stopping distances may also be longer on rough, gravel or snow covered roads, or if you are using tire chains. Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you. Ultimately, the driver is responsible for safety. Tire type and condition may also affect braking effectiveness. — When replacing tires, install the specified size of tires on all four wheels. — When installing a spare tire, make sure that it is the proper size and type as specified on the tire placard. (See “Tire placard” (P.9-7).) — For detailed information, see “Tires and wheels” (P.8-26). The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) controls the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard braking or when braking on slippery surfaces. The system detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to prevent each wheel from locking and sliding. By preventing each wheel from locking, the system helps the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimize swerving and spinning on slippery surfaces. Using system D15A1-B691277D-BAF2-49A1-8951-8ED1D5C5D7A8 Depress the brake pedal and hold it down. Depress the brake pedal with firm steady pressure, but do not pump the brakes. The ABS will operate to prevent the wheels from locking up. Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles. WARNING: Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing so may result in increased stopping distances. Self-test feature D15A1-5C05705F-920A-4D23-B3F5-122BA0E9441C The ABS includes electronic sensors, electric pumps, hydraulic solenoids and a computer. The computer has a built-in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse. When the self-test occurs, you may hear a “clunk” noise and/or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal. This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction. If the computer senses a malfunction, it switches the ABS VEHICLE SECURITY COLD WEATHER DRIVING D15A1-16129265-62AC-4A0C-9B39-48A5D69BB276 off and illuminates the ABS warning light on the instrument panel. The brake system then operates normally, but without anti-lock assistance. If the ABS warning light illuminates during the self-test or while driving, have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer. Normal operation D15A1-28CDE416-6443-49AE-B0A3-3F4B5A2BDCF4 The ABS operates at speeds above 5 to 10 km/h (3 to 6 MPH). The speed varies according to road conditions. When the ABS senses that one or more wheels are close to locking up, the actuator rapidly applies and releases hydraulic pressure. This action is similar to pumping the brakes very quickly. You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or feel a vibration from the actuator when it is operating. This is normal and indicates that the ABS is operating properly. However, the pulsation may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care is required while driving. When leaving your vehicle unoccupied: . Always take the key with you - even when leaving the vehicle in your own garage. . Close all windows completely and lock all doors. . Always park your vehicle where it can be seen. Park in a well lit area during the night. . If the security system is equipped, use it even for a short period. . Never leave children or pets in the vehicle unattended. . Never leave valuables inside the vehicle. Always take valuables with you. . Never leave the vehicle documents in the vehicle. . Never leave articles on a roof rack. Remove them from the rack and keep and lock them inside the vehicle. . Never leave the spare key in the vehicle. D15A1-EBC97F4F-D1CC-40F0-8EC6-B8EC419B4084 WARNING: . . . . . . . Whatever the condition, drive with caution. Accelerate and decelerate with great care. If accelerating or decelerating too fast, the drive wheels will lose even more traction. Allow more stopping distance in cold weather driving. Braking should be started sooner than on dry pavement. Keep at a greater distance from the vehicle in front of you on slippery roads. Wet ice (0°C, 32°F and freezing rain), very cold snow and ice can be slick and very difficult to drive on. The vehicle will have a lot less traction or grip under these conditions. Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded. Watch for slippery spots (glaring ice). These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas. If a patch of ice is seen ahead, brake before reaching it. Try not to brake while actually on the ice, and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers. Do not use cruise control (if equipped) on slippery roads. Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gas under your vehicle. Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe and from around your vehicle. Starting and driving 5-21 BATTERY D15A1-C2CA590A-9BA8-4FC1-9CCC-FDAEE005A29C If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions, the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery. To maintain maximum efficiency, the battery should be checked regularly. For details, see “Battery” (P.8-17). ENGINE COOLANT D15A1-7A6B0449-65CB-41B1-8B96-CE9ED7D446D2 If the vehicle is to be left outside without antifreeze, drain the cooling system, including the engine block. Refill before operating the vehicle. For details, see “Changing engine coolant” (P.87). TIRE EQUIPMENT D15A1-64E9A9C9-4E88-4008-9967-F2592A02E8D2 1. 2. 3. 4. If you have snow tires installed on the front/rear wheels of your vehicle, they should be of the same size, loading range, construction and type (bias, bias-belted or radial) as the rear/front tires. If the vehicle is to be operated in severe winter conditions, snow tires should be installed on all four wheels. For additional traction on icy roads, studded tires may be used. However, some countries, provinces and states prohibit their use. Check local, state and provincial laws before installing studded tires. Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may be poorer than that of non-studded snow tires. Snow chains may be used if desired. Make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer’s instructions. Use chain tensioners when recommended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a 5-22 Starting and driving tight fit. Loose end links of the tire chains must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or underbody. In addition, drive at a reduced speed, otherwise, your vehicle may be damaged and/or vehicle handling and performance may be adversely affected. SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT D15A1-87A06AD4-9E97-40C3-AE6B-765ECEC9A0CA It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during the winter: . A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows. . A sturdy, flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support. . A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts. PARKING BRAKE D15A1-AA570ECB-5F9D-4900-BD7B-65F841C1AAD8 When parking in the area where the outside temperature is below 0°C (32°F), do not apply the parking brake to prevent it from freezing. For safe parking: . Place the shift lever in the “1” (1st) or “R” (Reverse) position. . Securely block the wheels. CORROSIOND15A1-605EEE0A-D879-474B-9CA2-428161302F6C PROTECTION Chemicals used for road surface deicing are extremely corrosive and will accelerate corrosion and the deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system, fuel and brake lines, brake cables, floor pan and fenders. In the winter, the underbody must be cleaned periodically. For additional information, see “Corrosion protection” (P.7-5). For additional protection against rust and corrosion, which may be required in some areas, consult a NISSAN dealer. 6 In case of emergency Hazard indicator flasher switch ........................................................ .... Emergency Stop Signal ............................................................................ .... Flat tire .................................................................................................................. .... Stopping vehicle .................................................................................... .... Preparing tools and spare tire ................................................... .... Blocking wheels ..................................................................................... .... Removing tire ........................................................................................... .... Installing spare tire .............................................................................. .... Stowing damaged tire and tools ............................................. .... 6-2 6-2 6-2 6-2 6-3 6-4 6-4 6-6 6-6 Jump starting ................................................................................................. .... 6-7 Push starting ................................................................................................ .... 6-10 If your vehicle overheats .................................................................... .... 6-10 Towing your vehicle ............................................................................... .... 6-11 Towing precautions ...................................................................... .... 6-11 Towing recommended by NISSAN .................................... .... 6-12 NissanConnect application (if equipped) ............................... .... 6-13 HAZARD INDICATOR FLASHER SWITCH D15A1-DC13C8BB-D3C5-4ABE-9B25-588DE68D652F EMERGENCY STOP SIGNAL FLAT TIRE GUID-62232BE0-DAF4-4E59-97B4-94DF3A99E749 D15A1-731D6607-4AFE-4B6B-8CEA-9FC3B0AD95C8 The Emergency Stop Signal will blink the hazard indicator flasher to prevent the rearend collision, when a sudden braking operation is detected. To stop the hazard indicator flasher, push the hazard indicator flasher switch once. If you have a flat tire, follow the instructions as follows. STOPPING VEHICLE D15A1-6E3362D8-C092-442C-91E5-C16CBD838BC7 WARNING: . . . SIC2475 The hazard indicator flasher switch operates regardless of the ignition switch position except when the battery is discharged. The hazard indicator flasher is used to warn other drivers when you have to stop or park under emergency conditions. When the hazard indicator flasher switch is pushed, all turn signal lights will flash. To turn off the hazard indicator flasher, push the hazard indicator flasher switch again. When an impact that could activate the supplemental air bags is detected, the hazard warning flasher lights blink automatically. If the hazard warning flasher switch is pushed, the hazard warning flashers will turn off. . 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. WARNING: Do not turn the hazard warning flasher switch to off until you can make sure that it is safe to do so. Also, the hazard flasher warning may not blink automatically depending on the force of impact. 6-2 In case of emergency 8. Be sure to apply the parking brake firmly. Be sure to move the shift lever to the “R” (Reverse) position. Never change tires when the vehicle is on a slope, ice or slippery area. This is hazardous. Never change tires when the oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle. Call for professional road assistance. Safely move the vehicle off the road away from traffic. Turn on the hazard indicator flasher lights. Park on a level surface. Apply the parking brake. Move the shift lever to the “R” (Reverse) position. Turn off the engine. Open the hood: . To warn other traffic. . To signal professional road assistance personnel that you need assistance. Have all passengers get out from the vehicle and stand in a safe place, away from other traffic and clear of the vehicle. PREPARING D15A1-0A9AE268-59C1-4A9D-8532-F6593649CFF6 TOOLS AND SPARE TIRE CAUTION: . . . When removing the jack, be careful that your hands do not hit against the vehicle. Otherwise, this could result in personal injury. When storing the jack, do not overtighten the jack lever or use a screw driver. Doing so could cause deformation of the installation area for the jack. Do not allow the jack to contact the interior parts. Doing so could cause damage to the vehicle. Spare tire WAG0007X WAG0006X Remove the jack and necessary tools from the storage area. 1. 2. 3. 4. GUID-C19BDD73-EC59-46F0-A066-6A4FFA9449AD The spare tire is located under the rear of the vehicle. To remove the spare tire, perform the following procedures. 1. Have all passengers get out from the vehicle. 2. Open the back door. 3. Loosen the bolt , located near the back door opening, counterclockwise a few turns using the wheel nut wrench. Remove the storage door. Unhook the clips restraining the necessary tools, and then remove the necessary tools. Loosen the jack by turning the clamp nut counterclockwise . Remove the clamp nut , tilt the top of the jack and then remove the jack slowly. To store the jack, perform this in the reverse order and then tighten the clamp nut so that it does not rattle. WAG0008X In case of emergency 6-3 4. 5. Push up the spare tire hanger and turn the bolt counterclockwise by hand to lower the spare tire. Stop turning the bolt when the tire is lowered to the place where the spare tire hanger can be removed from the hook . Do not loosen the bolt excessively, otherwise the spare tire hanger may fall suddenly. BLOCKING WHEELS D15A1-23E7DEFB-5802-48C9-BB6F-FDF013EA5A18 REMOVING TIRE D15A1-F9E36B2A-7AA5-4B04-8663-E2B23C1A97CC Removing wheel cover D15A1-6BADB43C-DD4D-48E4-BF8C-57E46F4382F1 MCE0001D SCE0630 WARNING: Type A Be sure to block the appropriate wheel to prevent the vehicle from moving, which may cause personal injury. WAG0009X 6. 7. Hold the spare tire hanger and remove it from the hook by pushing the hanger upward. Lower the spare tire hanger slowly to the ground, and then take out the spare tire. Place suitable blocks at both the front and back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is jacked up. SCE0637 Type B CAUTION: . . Be careful not to touch the exhaust pipe while removing the spare tire, as it may be hot. Properly stow the spare tire hanger after removing the spare tire. 6-4 In case of emergency Type A: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F WARNING: Never use your hands to remove the wheel cover. This may cause personal injury. To remove the wheel cover, use the jack rod as illustrated. Apply cloth between the wheel and jack rod to prevent damaging the wheel and wheel cover. Type B: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Remove the center wheel cap as illustrated. Jacking up vehicle D15A1-B37ACDE4-B409-461F-93E1-BF96415D844D WAG0026X WARNING: . WAG0038X Jack-up points . . . . SCE0914 . Floor jack-up point For the rear, never jack up the vehicle at a location other than the floor jack-up point that is specified. . . Be sure to read and follow the instructions in this section. DO NOT GET UNDER A VEHICLE THAT IS SUPPORTED BY A JACK. Never use a jack which is not provided with your vehicle. The jack, which is provided with your vehicle, is designed only to lift your vehicle during a tire change. Do not use the jack provided with your vehicle on other vehicles. Never jack up the vehicle at a location other than the jack-up point that is specified. Never lift the vehicle more than necessary. Never use blocks on or under the jack. Never start or run the engine while the vehicle is on the jack. The vehicle may move suddenly, and this may cause an accident. . . 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Never allow passengers to remain in the vehicle while the tire is off the ground. Be sure to read the caution label attached to the jack body before using. Place the jack directly under the jack-up point as illustrated so that the top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the jack-up point. The jack should be placed on firm level ground. Align the jack head between the two notches located at the jack-up point of either the front or the rear section. Fit the groove of the jack head between the notches as shown. Loosen each wheel nut, counterclockwise, one or two turns with the wheel nut wrench. Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground. Carefully raise the vehicle until the clearance between the tire and ground is achieved. In case of emergency 6-5 6. To lift the vehicle, securely hold the jack lever and rod with both hands and turn the jack lever. . Removing tire D15A1-972115C8-16B3-429F-9DF1-CC69110A00AF 1. 1. 2. Remove the wheel nuts. Remove the damaged tire. CAUTION: The tire is heavy. Be sure that your feet are clear from the tire and use gloves as necessary to avoid injury. INSTALLINGD15A1-028A15EE-D4CA-4435-AFC6-94D3C9EC3071 SPARE TIRE WAG0010X WARNING: . . Never use wheel nuts which are not provided with your vehicle. Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts may cause the wheel to become loose or come off. This could cause an accident. Never use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts. This may cause the wheel nuts to become loose. 6-6 In case of emergency The temporary-use spare tire (if equipped) is designed for emergency use only. STOWING DAMAGED TIRE AND TOOLS D15A1-1FABB527-F376-4605-B0E8-545A3C1B479F Clean any mud or dirt from the surface between the wheel and hub. 2. Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten the wheel nuts with your fingers. Check that all the wheel nuts contact the wheel surface horizontally. 3. Tighten the wheel nuts alternately and evenly in the sequence illustrated ( - ), more than 2 times with the wheel nut wrench, until they are tight. 4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground. 5. Tighten the wheel nuts securely, with the wheel nut wrench, in the sequence illustrated. 6. Lower the vehicle completely. Tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench as soon as possible. Wheel nut tightening torque: 110 N·m (11 kg-m, 81 ft-lb) Be sure that the tire, jack and tools used are properly stored after use. Such items can become dangerous projectiles in an accident or sudden stop. WARNING: 1. 2. Securely store the jack, tools in the storage area. Close the back door. Storing tire onGUID-EE171771-D8B4-4D9B-8163-5A5497739151 spare tire hanger To store the tire on the spare tire hanger, perform the following procedures. 1. Place the tire in the spare tire hanger and slightly push it toward the vehicle’s front so that it is properly sitting within the spare tire hanger. The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specification at all times. It is recommended that the wheel nuts be tightened to specification at each lubrication interval. WAG0015X WARNING: Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 1,000 km (600 miles) (also in cases of a flat tire, etc.). 2. Lift the spare tire hanger the hook . and hang it to JUMP STARTING D15A1-CA3FC571-40A7-4E0F-A6D6-412F4AB6C190 WARNING: . . WAG0016X . 3. Push up the hanger and turn the bolt clockwise by hand to raise the spare tire hanger. clockwise using the 4. Tighten the bolt wheel nut wrench until the spare tire hanger is stored securely. Spare tire hanger bolt tightening torque: 64 to 86 N·m (6.5 to 8.8 kg-m, 47 to 64 ft-lb) . . . . . Incorrect jump starting can lead to a battery explosion. The battery explosion may result in severe injury or death. It may also result in damage to the vehicle. Be sure to follow the instructions in this section. Explosive hydrogen gas is always present in the vicinity of the battery. Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery. Always wear suitable eye protection and remove rings, bracelets, and any other jewelry whenever working on or near a battery. Never lean over the battery while jump starting. Never allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes, skin, clothes or the vehicle’s painted surfaces. Battery fluid is a corrosive sulfuric acid which can cause severe burns. If the fluid comes into contact with anything, immediately flush the contacted area with plenty of water. Keep the battery out of the reach of children. The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts. Use of an incorrectly rated battery will damage your vehicle. Never attempt to jump start a frozen battery. It could explode and cause serious injury. In case of emergency 6-7 WAG0024X H4K engine models 6-8 In case of emergency 6. 7. 8. Remove the vent caps, if equipped, on the battery. Cover the battery with a firmly wrung out moist cloth to reduce the hazard of an explosion. Connect the jumper cables in the sequence as illustrated ( , , , ). CAUTION: . . . Always connect positive + to positive + and negative 7 to body ground, NOT to the battery’s negative 7. Be sure that the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the engine compartment. Be sure that the jumper cable’s clamps do not contact any other metal. 9. WAG0025X K9K engine models 1. If the booster battery is in another vehicle , position the two vehicles and to bring the batteries into close proximity to each other. CAUTION: If the battery of vehicle equipped with the Intelligent Key system is discharged, the ignition switch cannot be moved from the “LOCK” position and, if the steering lock is engaged, the steering wheel cannot be moved. Connect the jumper cables to the before turning the ignition booster vehicle switch and disengaging the steering lock. 2. 3. 4. 5. Apply the parking brake. Move the shift lever to the “N” (Neutral) position. Switch off all unnecessary electrical systems (headlights, heater, air conditioner, etc.). Place the ignition switch in the “LOCK” position. Start the engine of the booster vehicle and let it run for a few minutes. 10. Depress the accelerator pedal of the boosat about 2,000 rpm. ter vehicle 11. Start the engine of the jumped vehicle in the normal manner. CAUTION: Never keep the starter motor engaged for more than 10 seconds. If the engine does not start right away, wait at least 10 seconds before trying again. 12. After the engine is started, carefully disconnect the jumper cables in the opposite sequence from that illustrated ( , , , ). 13. Remove and dispose of the cloth as it may be contaminated with corrosive acid. In case of emergency 6-9 PUSH STARTING IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS D15A1-9D920AF3-899E-4949-B9DE-B9DA38EBCD0D 14. Replace the vent caps, if removed. D15A1-6FF3F0CC-8B6E-46AC-926D-3EB9C863FE4D Do not attempt to start the engine by pushing the vehicle. CAUTION: . . . Manual Transmission (MT) model cannot be started by pushing. Attempting to do so may cause damage to the transmission. Three-way catalyst equipped model should not be started by pushing. Attempting to do so may cause damage to the catalyst. Never try to start the engine by towing. When the engine starts, the forward surge could cause the vehicle to collide with the towing vehicle. WARNING: . . . . . . Never continue driving if your vehicle overheats. Doing so could cause a vehicle fire. Never open the hood if steam is coming out. Never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap while the engine is hot. If the radiator or coolant reservoir cap is removed when the engine is hot, pressurized hot water will spurt out and possibly cause burning, scalding or serious injury. If steam or coolant is coming from the engine, stand clear of the vehicle to prevent getting burned. The engine cooling fan will start at anytime when the coolant temperature exceeds preset degrees. Be careful not to allow your hands, hair, jewelry or clothing to come into contact with, or to get caught in the cooling fan or drive belts. If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by the high temperature indicator), or if you feel a lack of engine power, detect unusual noise, etc., take the following steps: 1. Safely move the vehicle off the road away from traffic. 2. Turn on the hazard indicator flasher lights. 3. Apply the parking brake. 4. Move the shift lever to the “N” (Neutral) position. DO NOT STOP THE ENGINE. 6-10 In case of emergency TOWING YOUR VEHICLE D15A1-69740B53-3C7A-41B9-8F95-F0E7FA4B4FAC 5. 6. Open all the windows. Turn off the air conditioner. Move the temperature control to maximum hot and the fan control to high speed. 7. Get out from the vehicle. 8. Visually inspect and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood. Wait until no steam or coolant can be seen before proceeding. 9. Open the engine hood. 10. Visually inspect if the cooling fan is running. 11. Visually inspect the radiator and radiator hoses for leakage. If the cooling fan is not running or the coolant is leaking, stop the engine. 12. After the engine cools down, check the coolant level in the reservoir with the engine running. Do not open the radiator cap. 13. Add coolant to the reservoir if necessary. Have your vehicle inspected/repaired at a NISSAN dealer. When towing your vehicle, local regulations for towing must be followed. Incorrect towing equipment could damage your vehicle. To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle, NISSAN recommends that you have professional road assistance personnel tow your vehicle. It is advisable to have the professional road assistant carefully read the following precautions. TOWING PRECAUTIONS D15A1-8DAF4418-6E64-4D27-BC10-07511BA91A9C . . . Be sure that the transmission, steering system, and drivetrain are in working condition before towing. If any units are damaged, the vehicle must be towed using a dolly or flatbed tow truck. NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be towed with the driving (front) wheels off the ground. Always attach safety chains before towing. In case of emergency 6-11 . TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN D15A1-9EF33807-9D9B-4011-8B78-623D89036CBF Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models D15A1-3646D4FA-EFB8-4F09-A7F3-936517691C4D JVE0020X NISSAN recommends that towing dollies be used under the front wheels when towing your vehicle or the vehicle be placed on a flatbed tow truck as illustrated. Front wheels on the ground: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F 1. Place the ignition switch to stop the engine. 2. Secure the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with rope or a similar device. 3. Move the shift lever to the “N” (Neutral) position. 4. Release the parking brake. 5. Attach safety chains whenever towing. Rear wheels onGUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F the ground: 1. Place the ignition switch to stop the engine. 2. Secure the steering wheel in a straightahead position with rope or a similar device. 3. Move the shift lever to the “N” (Neutral) position. 6-12 In case of emergency 4. 5. Release the parking brake. Attach safety chains whenever towing. All four wheels GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F on the ground: NISSAN recommends that the vehicle be placed on a flatbed tow truck as illustrated. 1. Place the ignition switch to stop the engine. 2. Move the shift lever to the “N” (Neutral) position. 3. Release the parking brake. Do not pull the vehicle using the rear hook. The rear hook is not designed to pull the vehicle out in the event that the vehicle becomes trapped. In the event that your vehicle’s tires become trapped in sand, snow, or mud, and the vehicle is unable to free itself without being pulled, use the recovery hook. . Use the recovery hook only. Do not attach the pulling device to any other part of the vehicle body. Otherwise, the vehicle body may be damaged. . Use the recovery hook to free a vehicle only. . The recovery hook is under tremendous stress when used to free a trapped vehicle. Always pull the pulling device straight out from the vehicle. Never pull on the recovery hook at an angle. Front: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Freeing trapped vehicle D15A1-E1C53A8A-382D-4409-936A-B6A11CAB094F WARNING: . . Never allow anyone to stand near the towing line during the pulling operation. Never spin the tires at high speed. This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury. Parts of the vehicle could also overheat and be damaged. WAG0011X NISSANCONNECT APPLICATION (if equipped) GUID-ECC30BCE-A27F-46D4-BE22-F8AD04226A54 SCE0833 Remove the hook cover from the bumper with a suitable tool. Securely install the recovery hook as illustrated. (The hook is stored with the jacking tools.) Make sure that the recovery hook is properly secured in its storage area after use. Rear: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F SCE0833 Remove the hook cover from the bumper with a suitable tool. Securely install the recovery hook as illustrated. (The hook is stored with the jacking tools.) Make sure that the recovery hook is properly secured in its storage area after use. NissanConnect helps you to get connected to your vehicle through a smartphone application. This app is available for Android, Windows and iOS devices. The steps to be followed for Android device are given for reference. Install procedure: Step 1. Download the NissanConnect app from the app store of your perspective mobile platform. Step 2. Contact your nearest Nissan dealers to activate NissanConnect. Step 3. Also access customer portal at Nissanconnect.in for more info and customize user settings. For further details visit: https://www.nissan.in/ nissanconnect.html Nissan Connect application contains DEMO videos / Quick Reference Videos (QRV) for Customer’s easy understanding of its Features. During emergency, we have an SOS button in the NissanConnect application which triggers the Emergency message/Call to the pre-registered number/email. The number/mail id can be Customer specific. NOTE: No support in case connecting OBD dongle or other device. WAG0012X In case of emergency 6-13 MEMO 6-14 In case of emergency 7 Appearance and care Cleaning exterior ........................................................................................... .... Washing ........................................................................................................ .... Removing spots ..................................................................................... .... Waxing ............................................................................................................ .... Glass ................................................................................................................ .... Underbody .................................................................................................. .... Wheels ............................................................................................................ .... Aluminum alloy wheels .................................................................... .... Chrome parts ........................................................................................... .... 7-2 7-2 7-2 7-2 7-2 7-3 7-3 7-3 7-3 Cleaning interior ........................................................................................... .... Air fresheners ........................................................................................ .... Floor mats ................................................................................................ .... Glass ............................................................................................................. .... Seat belts .................................................................................................. .... Corrosion protection ................................................................................ .... Most common factors contributing to vehicle corrosion ................................................................................ .... Environmental factors influence rate of corrosion ............................................................................................ .... To protect your vehicle from corrosion .......................... .... 7-3 7-4 7-4 7-4 7-4 7-5 7-5 7-5 7-5 CLEANING EXTERIOR D15A1-7CB8924B-F9C4-429D-ADB0-BC9E02AD6934 In order to maintain the appearance of your vehicle, it is important to take proper care of it. Whenever possible, park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area to minimize the chances of damaging the paint surface of your vehicle. When it is necessary to park outside, park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover. Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover. WASHING D15A1-9F6B826F-F269-47EF-A485-4DEB2E726776 In the following instances, wash your vehicle as soon as possible to protect the paint surface: . After a rainfall, which may cause the paint surface damage from acid rain. . After driving on coastal roads, which may cause rusting from the sea breeze. . When contaminants such as soot, bird droppings, tree sap, metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface. . When dust or mud builds up on the paint surface. 1. Wash the vehicle surface with a wet sponge and plenty of water. 2. Clean the vehicle surface gently and thoroughly using a mild soap, a special vehicle soap or a general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean, lukewarm (never hot) water. CAUTION: . Do not wash the vehicle with strong household soap, strong chemical detergents, gasoline or solvents. 7-2 Appearance and care . . Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or while the vehicle body is hot, as the paint surface may become waterspotted. Avoid using tight-napped or rough cloths, such as washing mitts. Care must be taken when removing caked-on dirt or other foreign substances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged. Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of clean water. 4. Use a dampened chamois to dry the paint surface and avoid leaving water spots. When washing the vehicle, take care of the following: . Inside flanges, joints and folds on the doors, hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt. Therefore, these areas must be cleaned regularly. . Be sure that the drain holes in the lower edge of the doors are not clogged. . Spray water to the underbody and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and/or wash away road salt. WAXING 3. REMOVING SPOTS D15A1-717DD9B1-5C26-44D0-A76C-3E699BC0B183 Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust, insects, and tree sap as quickly as possible from the paint surface to avoid lasting damage or staining. Special cleaning products are available at a NISSAN dealer or any automotive accessory store. D15A1-FE346184-0DE5-4B3B-8AEC-E842874E9E91 Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps maintain a new vehicle appearance. After waxing, polishing is recommended to remove built-up residue and to avoid a weathered appearance. A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the appropriate waxing products. CAUTION: . . . Wash your vehicle thoroughly and completely before applying wax to the paint surface. Always follow the manufacturer’s instructions supplied with the wax. Do not use a wax containing any abrasives, cutting compounds or cleaners that may damage the vehicle finish. Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a base coat/clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks. GLASS D15A1-F15B5E23-8886-4DD3-AB87-39274A06846B Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces. It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun. Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film. CLEANING INTERIOR D15A1-E4C0088E-D11B-428E-9FC8-BCF4B6D9231F UNDERBODYD15A1-89AF2A41-6CEA-44E0-80F8-1B7040436EE7 In areas where road salt is used in the winter, it is necessary to clean the vehicle’s underbody regularly in order to prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing the acceleration of corrosion on the underbody and suspension. Before the winter and again in the spring, the underseal must be checked and, if necessary, re-treated. WHEELS . . . . . D15A1-2390DE90-52B6-4CC6-847A-7DC2BA9E7940 Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance. Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed. Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels. Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion. This may cause loss of pressure or damage the tire bead. NISSAN recommends that the road wheels be waxed to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter. ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS D15A1-1A54676E-FE36-464E-B750-86EA828DF50B Wash the wheels regularly with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution, especially during winter in areas where road salt is used. The salt residue from road salt could discolor the wheels if it is not washed off regularly. . . Do not apply wheel cleaners to the wheels when they are hot. The wheel temperature should be the same as ambient temperature. Rinse the wheel to completely remove the cleaner within 15 minutes after the cleaner is applied. CHROME PARTS D15A1-A28C0751-4F80-44DA-8C22-EFE406D2DF5D Clean all chrome parts regularly with a nonabrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish. Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim, plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush. Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean, soft cloth dampened in mild soap solution, then wipe clean with a dry, soft cloth. Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appearance of the leather. Before using any fabric protector, read the manufacturer’s recommendations. Some fabric protectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material. Use a soft cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens covers. CAUTION: . . . . Never use benzine, thinner or any similar material. Small dirt particles can be abrasive and damaging to leather surfaces and should be removed promptly. Do not use saddle soap, car waxes, polishes, oils, cleaning fluids, solvents, detergents or ammoniabased cleaners as they damage the leather natural finish. Never use fabric protectors unless recommended by the manufacturer. Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers. It may damage the lens covers. CAUTION: Follow the directions below to avoid staining or discoloring the wheels: . Do not use a cleaner that uses strong acid or alkali contents to clean the wheels. Appearance and care 7-3 AIR FRESHENERS D15A1-C7C413A1-F012-4742-91F0-57403F08B7AB Most air fresheners use a solvent that could affect the vehicle interior. If you use an air freshener, take the following precautions: . Hanging-type air fresheners can cause permanent discoloration when they contact vehicle interior surfaces. Place the air freshener in a location that allows it to hang free and not contact an interior surface. . Liquid-type air fresheners typically clip on the vents. These products can cause immediate damage and discoloration when spilled on interior surfaces. Carefully read and follow the manufacturer’s instructions before using air fresheners. FLOOR MATS D15A1-FEB53C0F-2B13-4DA5-9FFC-A4B230889197 The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats (if equipped) can extend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior. Regardless of what mats are used, be sure they are fitted for your vehicle and are properly positioned in the foot well to prevent interference with pedal operation. Mats should be maintained with regular cleaning and replaced if they become excessively worn. Floor mat positioning aid (driver’s side) D15A1-0F3306F1-4AE6-4165-B183-646B6719990D WARNING: . . WAH0001X This vehicle includes floor mat brackets to act as a floor mat positioning aid. NISSAN floor mats have been specially designed for your vehicle model. Position the mat by placing the floor mat bracket hook through the floor mat grommet hole while centering the mat in the foot area. Periodically check that the mats are properly positioned. GLASS D15A1-47B68639-6537-4853-8BB4-A5E527CF1D3C Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces. It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun. Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film. CAUTION: When cleaning the inside of the windows, do not use sharp-edged tools, abrasive cleaners or chlorine-based disinfectant cleaners. They could damage the electrical conductors, such as rear window defogger elements. 7-4 Appearance and care SEAT BELTSD15A1-30F2EF69-84CD-4146-8EDF-44903B81C08C Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor. Never use bleach, dye or chemical solvents to clean the seat belts, since these materials may severely weaken the seat belt webbing. The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution. Allow the belts to dry completely in the shade before using them. (See “Seat belts” (P.1-6).) CORROSION PROTECTION D15A1-B2B2F40E-6DE1-431F-BFF7-7AD3044C6450 MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO D15A1-55FEEED2-A1C3-4B27-A550-4BBB7C8BF9E6 VEHICLE CORROSION TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION D15A1-77A08170-1FEB-45EA-BDB9-316B61A611C0 . The accumulation of moisture-retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections, cavities, and other areas. Damage to the paint surface and other protective coatings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic accidents. . ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE RATE OF CORROSION D15A1-4D36D387-64CA-4EA3-9221-169D30C6EC41 . . . Moisture . D15A1-6F6421FF-23F2-4A51-AC98-F8467A5769E8 The accumulation of sand, dirt and water on the inside floor of the vehicle can accelerate corrosion. Wet floor carpet/floor mats will not dry completely inside the vehicle. They should be removed and completely dried to avoid floor panel corrosion. . Relative humidity D15A1-C51023EB-DA4E-4AAD-B646-D10FD3960B66 . Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity. TemperatureD15A1-08419ED2-3D09-4F9D-9B36-E32282165145 High temperatures accelerate the rate of corrosion to those parts which are not well ventilated. Corrosion will also be accelerated in areas where the temperatures stay above freezing. Air pollutionD15A1-4130D607-9939-412C-83E9-6FC9F3EC20D9 Industrial pollution, the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas, or heavy road salt use accelerates the corrosion process. Road salt also accelerates the disintegration of paint surfaces. Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean. Always check for minor damage to the paint surface and if any exists, repair it as soon as possible. Keep the drain holes in the lower edge of the doors open to avoid water accumulation. Check the vehicle underbody for accumulation of sand, dirt or salt. If present, wash with water as soon as possible. CAUTION: Never remove dirt, sand or other debris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose. Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner. Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them. Chemicals used for road surface deicing are extremely corrosive. They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system, fuel and brake lines, brake cables, floor pan and fenders. In the winter, the underbody must be cleaned periodically. For additional protection against rust and corrosion, which may be required in some areas, consult a NISSAN dealer. Appearance and care 7-5 MEMO 7-6 Appearance and care 8 Maintenance and do-it-yourself General maintenance ................................................................................ .... 8-2 Explanation of general maintenance items .................... .... 8-2 Maintenance precautions .............................................................. .... 8-3 Maintenance requirements .................................................................. .... 8-4 Scheduled maintenance .................................................................. .... 8-4 General maintenance ........................................................................ .... 8-4 Where to go for service .................................................................... .... 8-5 Engine compartment check locations ........................................ .... 8-5 H4K engine model ............................................................................... .... 8-5 K9K engine model ................................................................................ .... 8-6 Engine cooling system ............................................................................. .... 8-6 Checking engine coolant level ................................................... .... 8-7 Changing engine coolant ............................................................... .... 8-7 Engine oil ............................................................................................................. .... 8-7 Checking engine oil level ................................................................ .... 8-7 Changing engine oil and oil filter ............................................. .... 8-8 Drive belt .......................................................................................................... .... 8-10 Spark plugs (gasoline engine model) ........................................ .... 8-11 Nickel-tipped spark plugs ............................................................ .... 8-11 Brakes ................................................................................................................. .... 8-11 Checking parking brake ............................................................... .... 8-11 Checking foot brake pedal ......................................................... .... 8-11 Brake booster ....................................................................................... .... 8-12 Brake fluid ........................................................................................................ .... 8-12 Clutch fluid ...................................................................................................... .... 8-13 Power steering fluid ................................................................................ .... 8-13 Hydraulic pump electric power steering type ............ .... 8-13 Air cleaner filter .......................................................................................... .... Wiper blades ................................................................................................. .... Windshield wiper blades ............................................................ .... Rear window wiper blade (if equipped) ........................ .... Window washer fluid .............................................................................. .... Battery ............................................................................................................... .... Vehicle battery .................................................................................. .... Remote controller battery ....................................................... .... Intelligent Key battery ................................................................. .... Fuses ................................................................................................................... .... Engine compartment ................................................................... .... Passenger compartment .......................................................... .... Lights .................................................................................................................. .... Headlights ............................................................................................. .... Exterior lights ..................................................................................... .... Interior lights ....................................................................................... .... Light locations ................................................................................... .... Tires and wheels ....................................................................................... .... Tire inflation pressure ................................................................. .... Types of tires ...................................................................................... .... Tire chains ............................................................................................. .... Tire rotation ......................................................................................... .... Tire wear and damage ............................................................... .... Tire age ................................................................................................... .... Changing tires and wheels ..................................................... .... Wheel balance .................................................................................... .... Spare tire ............................................................................................... .... 8-14 8-14 8-14 8-15 8-16 8-17 8-17 8-17 8-18 8-19 8-19 8-20 8-21 8-21 8-22 8-22 8-23 8-26 8-26 8-26 8-27 8-27 8-27 8-28 8-28 8-28 8-28 GENERAL MAINTENANCE D15A1-41D52985-13EF-4849-BE86-06FE33BE5839 During normal day-to-day operation of the vehicle, general maintenance should be performed regularly as prescribed in this section. If you detect any unusual sounds, vibrations or smells, be sure to check for the cause or have a NISSAN dealer do it promptly. In addition, you should notify a NISSAN dealer if you think that repairs are required. When performing any checks or maintenance work, closely observe “Maintenance precautions” (P.8-3). EXPLANATION OF GENERAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS D15A1-93ED51D4-2178-43ED-8D01-7CDF6194EAC9 Additional information on the following items with “*” is found later in this section. Outside vehicle D15A1-E2608191-CBFF-4F8A-B24A-EDE685639B84 The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time, unless otherwise specified. Doors and hood: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Check that all doors and the hood operate smoothly as well as the back door, trunk lid and hatch. Also make sure that all latches lock securely. Lubricate if necessary. Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released. When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials, check lubrication frequently. Lights*: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Clean the headlights on a regular basis. Make sure that the headlights, stop lights, tail lights, turn signal lights, and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely. Also check the aim of the headlights. 8-2 Maintenance and do-it-yourself Tires*: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips. Adjust the pressure in all tires, including the spare, to the pressure specified. Check carefully for damage, cuts or excessive wear. Tire rotation*: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F In the case that Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) and front and rear tires are same size; tires should be rotated every 10,000 km (6,000 miles). Tires marked with directional indicators can only be rotated between front and rear. Make sure that the directional indicators point in the direction of wheel rotation after the tire rotation is completed. In the case that Four-Wheel Drive and All-Wheel Drive (4WD/AWD) and front and rear tires are same size; tires should be rotated every 5,000 km (3,000 miles). Tires marked with directional indicators can only be rotated between front and rear. Make sure that the directional indicators point in the direction of wheel rotation after the tire rotation is completed. In the case that front tires are different size from rear tires; tires cannot be rotated. The timing for tire rotation may vary according to your driving habits and the road surface conditions. Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) transmitter components (if so equipped): GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Replace the TPMS transmitter grommet seal, valve core and cap when the tires are replaced due to wear or age. Wheel alignment and balance: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F If the vehicle should pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road, or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear, there may be a need for wheel alignment. If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds, wheel balancing may be needed. Windshield: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Clean the windshield on a regular basis. Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage. Repair as necessary. Wiper blades*: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Check for cracks or wear if not functioning correctly. Replace as necessary. Inside vehicle D15A1-554469D2-1296-4F49-B7A0-0A8847FB7455 The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis, such as when performing periodic maintenance, cleaning the vehicle, etc. Accelerator pedal: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure that the pedal does not catch or require uneven effort. Keep the floor mats away from the pedal. Brake pedal*: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure that it is the proper distance from the floor mat when depressed fully. Check the brake booster function. Be sure to keep the floor mats away from the pedal. Parking brake*:GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Check the parking brake operation regularly. Check that the lever (if so equipped) or the pedal (if so equipped) has the proper travel. Also make sure that the vehicle is held securely on a fairly steep hill when only the parking brake is applied. Battery (except for maintenance free batteries)*: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Check the fluid level in each cell. It should be between the UPPER and LOWER lines. Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level. Seat belts: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Check that all parts of the seat belt system (for example, buckles, anchors, adjusters and retractors) operate properly and smoothly, and are installed securely. Check the belt webbing for cuts, fraying, wear or damage. Brake (and clutch) fluid level(s)*: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F For Manual Transmission (MT) model; make sure that the brake and clutch fluid levels are between the MAX and MIN lines on the reservoirs. Except for Manual Transmission (MT) model; make sure that the brake fluid level is between the MAX and MIN lines on the reservoir. Steering wheel:GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Check for changes in the steering condition, such as excessive play, hard steering or strange noises. Warning lights and chimes: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Make sure that all warning lights and chimes are operating properly. Windshield defogger: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Check that the air comes out of the defogger outlets properly and in good quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner. Windshield wiper and washer*: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak. Under hood D15A1-E5D10961-EA14-4A37-B87E-268783A0FC38 and vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically (for example, each time you check the engine oil or refuel). Power steeringGUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F fluid level and lines*: Check the level when the fluid is cold, with the engine off. Check the lines for proper attachment, leaks, cracks, etc. Windshield washer fluid*: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Check that there is adequate fluid in the reservoir. MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS D15A1-E469E0D9-6CFF-4A9B-8459-D2B589DFA455 When performing any inspection or maintenance work on your vehicle, always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle. The following are general precautions which should be closely observed. Engine coolant GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F level*: Check the coolant level when the engine is cold. Make sure that the coolant level is between the MAX and MIN lines on the reservoir. . Engine drive belt(s)*: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Make sure that drive belt(s) is not frayed, worn, cracked or oily. . Engine oil level*: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Check the level after parking the vehicle (on a level ground) and turning off the engine. . Fluid leaks: GUID-1295725F-1AF3-4AA4-9B71-2C636F81A13F Check under the vehicle for fuel, oil, water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while. Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal. If you should notice any leaks or if fuel fumes are evident, check for cause and have it corrected immediately. WARNING: . . Park the vehicle on a level surface, apply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving. Move the shift lever to the “N” (Neutral) position. Be sure the ignition switch is in the “OFF” or “LOCK” position when performing any parts replacement or repairs. Do not work under the hood while the engine is hot. Always turn off the engine and wait until it cools down. If you must work with the engine running, keep your hands, clothing, hair and tools away from moving fans, belts and any other moving parts. It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and any jewelry, such as rings, watches, etc. before working on your vehicle. Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-3 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS D15A1-59942846-7166-4224-BF7F-2B18FC065A82 If you must run the engine in an enclosed space such as a garage, be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape. . Never get under the vehicle while it is supported by a jack. . Keep smoking materials, flame and sparks away from fuel and the battery. . Never connect or disconnect either the battery or any transistorized component connector while the ignition switch is in the “ON” position. . On gasoline engine models with the Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) system, the fuel filter and fuel lines should be serviced by a NISSAN dealer because the fuel lines are under high pressure even when the engine is turned off. . Your vehicle is equipped with an automatic engine cooling fan. It may come on at any time without warning, even if the ignition switch is in the “OFF” or “LOCK” position and the engine is not running. To avoid injury, always disconnect the negative battery cable before working near the fan. . Always wear eye protection whenever you work on your vehicle. . Never leave the engine or transmission related component harness connector disconnected while the ignition switch is in the “ON” position. . Avoid direct contact with used engine oil and coolant. Improperly disposed engine oil, engine coolant, and/or other vehicle fluids can hurt the environment. Always conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle fluids. This “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section . 8-4 Maintenance and do-it-yourself provides instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform. You should be aware that incomplete or improper servicing may result in operating difficulties or excessive emissions, and could affect your warranty coverage. If in doubt about any servicing, have it done by a NISSAN dealer. Some day-to-day and regular maintenance is essential to maintain your vehicle’s good mechanical condition, as well as its emission and engine performance. It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure that the specified maintenance, as well as general maintenance, is performed. As the vehicle owner, you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives the proper maintenance care. SCHEDULED D15A1-81E26708-DAB3-41AE-A752-C19E294DF186 MAINTENANCE For your convenience, the required scheduled maintenance items are described and listed in a separate Warranty Information and Maintenance booklet. You must refer to that booklet to ensure that necessary maintenance is performed on your vehicle at regular intervals. GENERAL MAINTENANCE D15A1-1163C165-40B6-4B3A-B9E9-F57588E6EADF General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal dayto-day operation of the vehicle. They are essential if your vehicle is to continue to operate properly. It is your responsibility to perform these procedures regularly as prescribed. Performing general maintenance checks requires minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools. These checks or inspections can be done by yourself, a qualified technician, or if you prefer, your NISSAN dealer. ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS D15A1-66B2162B-2CD7-470F-9DAD-BD99AF54AF2C WHERE TO D15A1-8553854F-873D-40F5-B030-38E68B98CDBD GO FOR SERVICE H4K ENGINE MODEL GUID-FF448DA5-84B7-4D58-9CF0-29A21C33D30D If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction, have the systems checked and tuned by an authorized NISSAN dealer. WAA0027X 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Engine coolant reservoir Brake and clutch fluid reservoir Engine oil filler cap Air cleaner Window washer fluid reservoir Fuse/fusible link holders Engine drive belt location Engine oil dipstick 9. 10. Battery Power steering fluid reservoir Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-5 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM D15A1-431BB6E1-F915-4C1F-8B9B-5A5747425D98 K9K ENGINE MODEL WARNING: GUID-11AA7F6D-6411-4E10-A258-0B8BD16158FD . . Never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by highpressure fluid escaping from the radiator. Wait until the engine and radiator cool down. Engine coolant is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children. The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with a high-quality, year-round, antifreeze coolant solution. The anti-freeze solution contains rust and corrosion inhibitors, therefore additional cooling system additives are not necessary. CAUTION: . . WAA0026X 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Engine coolant reservoir Brake and clutch fluid reservoir Air cleaner Window washer fluid reservoir Engine drive belt location Engine oil filler cap/Engine oil dipstick Battery Power steering fluid reservoir Fuse/fusible link holders 8-6 Maintenance and do-it-yourself Never use any cooling system additives such as radiator sealer. Additives may clog the cooling system and cause damage to the engine, transmission and/or cooling system. When adding or replacing coolant, be sure to use only Genuine NISSAN Engine Coolant or equivalent in its quality with the proper mixture ratio. Examples of the mixture ratio of coolant and water are shown in the following table: ENGINE OIL For K9K engine model D15A1-431BB6E1-F915-4C1F-8B9B-5A5747425D98 Outside temperature down to °F °C Engine coolant (concentrated) Demineralized or distilled water −15 5 30% 70% −35 −30 50% 50% For H4K engine model D15A1-431BB6E1-F915-4C1F-8B9B-5A5747425D98 Outside temperature down to °F °C Engine coolant (concentrated) Demineralized or distilled water −23 −9 40% 60% −35 −30 50% 50% The use of other types of coolant solutions may damage the engine cooling system. The radiator is equipped with a pressure cap. To prevent engine damage, use only a Genuine NISSAN radiator cap or its equivalent when replacement is required. CHECKING D15A1-D03A92CA-BED2-48B1-BCC9-483FEBCF0743 ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL the engine is cold. If the coolant level is below MIN level , add coolant up to the MAX level . Tighten the cap securely after adding engine coolant. If the cooling system frequently requires coolant, have it checked by a NISSAN dealer. D15A1-B120ADA3-D03C-49B1-B529-7A274BD909D0 CHECKING D15A1-7FB3D707-060C-4B57-BBE7-3BDD80ACE305 ENGINE OIL LEVEL CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT D15A1-48C2A2F9-80B7-4B82-8607-B4C24D1C4773 Contact a NISSAN dealer if replacement is required. Major engine cooling system repair should be performed by a NISSAN dealer. The service procedures can be found in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual. Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheating. SDI1993 H4K engine WARNING: . . . . To avoid being scalded, never change the coolant when the engine is hot. Never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator. Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant. If skin contact is made, wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible. Keep coolant out of the reach of children and pets. WAI0098X K9K engine 1. 2. Engine coolant must be disposed of properly. Check your local regulations. 3. 4. WAI0005X Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake. Start the engine and warm it up until the engine temperature reaches the normal operating temperature (approximately 5 minutes). Stop the engine. Wait at least 10 minutes for the engine oil to drain back to the oil pan. Check the coolant level in the reservoir when Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-7 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean. For K9K engine, the engine oil dipstick is attached to the engine oil filler cap. Open the engine oil filler cap to remove the dipstick. Reinsert the dipstick all the way. Remove the dipstick and check the oil level. It should be within the range . If the oil level is below , remove the oil filler cap and pour the recommended oil into the opening. Do not overfill . When filling the engine oil, do not remove the dipstick (except for K9K engine). Recheck the oil level with the dipstick. It is normal to add some oil between oil maintenance intervals or during the break-in period, depending on the severity of operating conditions. CAUTION: The oil level should be checked regularly. Operating your vehicle with an insufficient amount of oil can damage the engine, and such damage is not covered by the warranty. . . . 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer. Avoid direct skin contact with used oil. If contacted, wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner and plenty of water as soon as possible. Store used engine oil in marked containers out of the reach of children. Engine oil and filter (H4K engine model) D15A1-5F013F78-EE34-4C18-BFFB-79938408A1A2 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake. Start the engine and warm it up until the engine temperature reaches the normal operating temperature (approximately 5 minutes). Stop the engine. Wait at least 10 minutes for the engine oil to drain back to the oil pan. Raise and support the vehicle using a suitable floor jack and safety jack stands. . Place the safety jack stands under the vehicle jack-up points. . A suitable adapter should be attached to the jack stand saddle. WAI0037X CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER D15A1-BFC63F3B-A179-42CF-BDF1-B43386889AD1 WARNING: . . Used oil must be disposed of properly. Never pour or dump oil into the ground, canals, rivers, etc. It should be disposed of at proper waste facilities. NISSAN recommends having your oil changed by a NISSAN dealer. Be careful not to burn yourself, as the engine oil may be hot. 8-8 Maintenance and do-it-yourself 1. 2. 3. Oil filler cap Oil drain plug Oil filter Place a large drain pan under the drain plug. Remove the drain plug with a wrench. Remove the oil filler cap and completely drain the oil. If the oil filter is to be changed, remove and replace it at this time. CAUTION: Waste oil must be disposed of properly. Check your local regulations. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench. Remove the oil filter by turning it by hand. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surface with a clean cloth. Be sure to remove any old gasket remaining on the mounting surface. Apply new engine oil to the gasket of the new oil filter. Screw in the oil filter until a slight resistance is felt and then tighten an additional 2/3 of a turn to secure the filter. Oil filter tightening torque: 15 to 20 N·m (1.5 to 2.0 kg-m, 11 to 15 ft-lb) Clean and reinstall the drain plug and new washer. Securely tighten the drain plug with a wrench. Do not use excessive force. Drain plug tightening torque: 29 to 39 N·m (3.0 to 4.0 kg-m, 22 to 29 ft-lb) 10. Refill the recommended engine oil and quantity. (See “Recommended fluids/lubricants and capacities” (P.9-2).) When filling the engine oil, do not remove the dipstick. 11. Securely install the oil filler cap. 12. Start the engine. 13. Check the drain plug for any sign of leakage. 14. Dispose of the used oil in the proper manner. Check your local regulations. 15. Check the engine oil level according to the proper procedure. (See “Checking engine oil level” (P.8-7).) Engine oil and filter (K9K engine model) GUID-57FCF953-9DE4-4BE8-9333-2B0BFCFEE258 6. 7. 8. 9. SDI2472 1. 2. 3. Oil drain plug Oil filter Place a large drain pan under the drain plug. Remove the drain plug with a wrench. Remove the oil filler cap and completely drain the oil. If the oil filter is to be changed, remove and replace it at this time. CAUTION: Waste oil must be disposed of properly. Check your local regulations. 4. 5. Wipe the entire oil filter mounting surface with a clean cloth. Be sure to remove any old gasket remaining on the mounting surface. Apply new engine oil to the gasket on the new oil filter. Screw in the oil filter until a slight resistance is felt, and then tighten an additional 3/4 of a turn to secure the filter. Oil filter tightening torque: 16 to 20 N·m (1.6 to 2.0 kg-m, 12 to 15 ftlb) Clean and reinstall the drain plug and new washer. Securely tighten the drain plug with a wrench. Do not use excessive force. Drain plug tightening torque: 16 to 24 N·m (1.6 to 2.4 kg-m, 12 to 18 ftlb) 10. Refill the recommended engine oil and quantity. (See “Recommended fluids/lubricants and capacities” (P.9-2).) 11. Securely install the oil filler cap. 12. Start the engine. 13. Check the drain plug and the oil filter for any sign of leakage. 14. Dispose of the used oil in the proper manner. Check your local regulations. 15. Check the engine oil level according to the proper procedure. (See “Checking engine oil level” (P.8-7).) Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench. Remove the oil filter by turning it by hand. Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-9 DRIVE BELT D15A1-4B37DD34-9FBB-48DA-870F-42F88580E4D7 wear, cuts, fraying or looseness. Check regularly for condition. If the belt is in poor condition or loose, have it replaced or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer. After the operation D15A1-D31C7ECF-FDA1-4CF1-B6A7-3C0771BADAF0 1. 2. Lower the vehicle carefully to the ground. Dispose of waste oil and filter properly. JVM0882X H4K engine 1. 2. 3. 4. !: Water pump Alternator Crankshaft pulley Air conditioner compressor Tension checking point SDI2484 K9K engine 1. Crankshaft pulley 2. Drive belt auto-tensioner 3. Alternator 4. Air conditioner compressor Be sure the ignition switch is in the “OFF” or “LOCK” position. Visually inspect the belt for signs of unusual 8-10 Maintenance and do-it-yourself SPARK PLUGS (gasoline engine model) D15A1-5EDAE568-00C3-4A3B-9C28-6044BCDA9F5A WARNING: BRAKES D15A1-F497334F-4BCC-481C-99C2-53B8238FFDF5 CHECKING PARKING BRAKE D15A1-7CB565C4-0463-4945-B007-47D7F7E6B757 Replace the spark plugs according to the maintenance log shown in a separate maintenance booklet. If replacement is required, contact a NISSAN dealer. With the engine running, check the distance between the upper surface of the pedal and the metal floor. If it is out the range listed, see a NISSAN dealer. : 65 mm (2.56 in) or more Depressing force: 490 N (50 kg, 110 lb) NICKEL-TIPPED SPARK PLUGS GUID-9676566D-DB2C-4EA3-BB94-3E033CA051FC CAUTION: . . Do not reuse the nickel-tipped spark plugs by cleaning or re-gapping. Always replace with the recommended nickel-tipped spark plugs. WARNING: See a NISSAN dealer for a brake system check if the foot brake pedal height does not return to normal. Be sure the engine and ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is applied. SDI1447A From the released position, pull the parking brake lever up slowly and firmly. If the number of clicks is out of the range listed, see a NISSAN dealer. 8 to 12 clicks Pulling force 196 N (20 kg, 44 lb) CHECKING FOOT BRAKE PEDAL D15A1-0E50006C-EEFA-471F-802B-36E5E95578F4 DI1020MR Self-adjusting brakes D15A1-E1391AD9-018D-40D0-9FCB-F7BFE6269D65 Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjusting brakes. The disc-type brakes self-adjust every time the foot brake pedal is applied. Brake pad wear warning D15A1-0AD9F709-9ABC-45A7-8A9A-BEC9A3A9E863 The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings. When a brake pad requires replacement, it will make a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion. This scraping sound will first occur only when the brake pedal is depressed. After more wear of the brake pad, the sound will always be heard even if the brake pedal is not depressed. Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear warning sound is heard. Under some driving or climate conditions, occasional brake squeaks, squeals or other noises may be heard. Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system. Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed. For additional information, see a separate maintenance booklet. Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-11 BRAKE FLUID D15A1-7B48C533-E5D3-486B-BF9A-FB22BA267E0A BRAKE BOOSTER D15A1-79F46EFD-F47C-47DD-98FB-536B7D3C7D06 Check the brake booster function as follows: 1. With the engine off, depress and release the foot brake pedal several times. When the brake pedal movement (distance of travel) remains the same from one pedal application to the next, continue on to the next step. 2. While depressing the foot brake pedal, start the engine. The pedal height should drop a little. 3. With the foot brake pedal depressed, stop the engine. Keep the pedal depressed for about 30 seconds. The pedal height should not change. 4. Run the engine for 1 minute without depressing the foot brake pedal, then turn it off. Depress the foot brake pedal several times. The pedal travel distance will decrease gradually with each depression as the vacuum is released from the booster. If the brakes do not operate properly, have the brakes checked by a NISSAN dealer. NISSAN dealer. WARNING: . . . Use only new fluid from a sealed container. Old, inferior, or contaminated fluid may damage the brake system. The use of improper fluids can damage the brake system and affect the vehicle’s stopping ability. Clean the filler cap before removing. Brake fluid is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children. CAUTION: Do not spill the fluid on painted surfaces. This will damage the paint. If fluid is spilled, wash it off with plenty of water immediately. WAI0004X Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the fluid is below the MIN line , the brake warning light will illuminate. Add fluid up to the MAX line . (For recommended types of fluid, see “Recommended fluids/lubricants and capacities” (P.92).) If the fluid must be added frequently, the system should be thoroughly checked by a 8-12 Maintenance and do-it-yourself CLUTCH FLUID POWER STEERING FLUID D15A1-49CB670B-6D6F-47EA-A1B5-33D3AF6563F7 WARNING: . . . GUID-25AEE225-E80B-4B72-902B-4BF5AD28D206 system should be thoroughly checked by a NISSAN dealer. Use only new fluid from a sealed container. Old, inferior, or contaminated fluid may damage the clutch system. The use of improper fluids can damage the clutch system. Clean the filler cap before removing. Clutch fluid is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children. HYDRAULIC PUMP ELECTRIC POWER STEERING TYPE GUID-685DB8EB-8CC3-4493-9C73-B7A2027C6A7B CAUTION: Do not spill the clutch fluid on painted surfaces. This will damage the paint. If clutch fluid is spilled, wash it off with plenty of water immediately. WAI0033X WARNING: Power steering fluid is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children. Check the fluid level in the reservoir. The fluid level should be checked when the fluid is cold at fluid temperatures of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F). The fluid level should be between MAXI and MINI line. If it is necessary to add fluid, contact a NISSAN dealer. WAI0004X Check the fluid level in the reservoir. The brake fluid reservoir is shared with the clutch system for manual transmissions. If the fluid is below the MIN line , add fluid up to the MAX line . (For recommended types of fluid, see “Recommended fluids/lubricants and capacities” (P.92).) If the fluid must be added frequently, the clutch Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-13 AIR CLEANER FILTER WIPER BLADES D15A1-31654BFB-7FD1-4485-8577-CEC93F60D8BD D15A1-1E87C0C3-19A7-495E-AF48-A77448AE4962 WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES D15A1-CB3E500E-FF38-4A23-B90C-E296B23CFC7A Cleaning WAI0007X WARNING: Operating the engine with the air cleaner filter off can cause you or others to be burned. The air cleaner filter not only cleans the intake air, it also stops flame if the engine backfires. If the air cleaner filter is not installed and the engine backfires, you could be burned. Never drive with the air cleaner filter off. Be cautious working on the engine when the air cleaner filter is off. To remove the filter from the air cleaner, release the two retaining clips , then release the holders at the back of the unit. Pull the unit upward . The air cleaner filter element may be cleaned and reused. Replace the air filter according to the maintenance log shown in a separate maintenance booklet. When replacing the air filter, wipe the inside of the air cleaner housing and the cover with a damp cloth. D15A1-1F848096-A502-4F62-82A8-5DCF0E18CBBB If the windshield does not become clear after using the windshield washer or if the wiper blades chatter when operating the windshield wipers, wax or other materials may be on the windshield and/or wiper blades. Clean the outside of the windshield surface with a washer solution or mild detergent. Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with water. Clean the blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent. Rinse the blade with water. If your windshield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wipers, replace the blades. When a washer nozzle is clogged: GUID-F996AD4C-EBB1-43FF-A082-07E8EDDB9F39 See a NISSAN dealer if a washer nozzle is clogged or any malfunction occurs. Do not attempt to clean the nozzle using a needle or a pin. Doing so may damage the nozzle. Replacing WAI0047X 2. 3. D15A1-4462DA2C-A6A5-41D7-9863-C47C1EA48EA4 Replace the wiper blades if they are worn. 1. Hold the wiper arm and blade as shown in the illustration below. WAI0097X 4. 5. 8-14 Maintenance and do-it-yourself Slightly push the wiper blade towards upside along the windshield by hand (otherwise, the wiper blades may be scratched and may cause damage) and lift the wiper arm. When lifting the wiper arm, lift the driver’s side first, then the passenger’s side. Pull up the release tab , and then move the wiper blade down the wiper arm to remove . Remove the wiper blade. Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm until it clicks into place. CAUTION: . . REAR WINDOW WIPER BLADE (if equipped) D15A1-CD123B1F-9F52-4282-B7E1-D4BCF29E6754 After wiper blade replacement, return the wiper arm to its original position. Otherwise the wiper arm or the engine hood may be scratched and may cause damage when the engine hood is opened. Worn wiper blades can damage the windshield and impair driver vision. JVM0883X 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Lift the wiper arm away from the rear window. Rotate the wiper blade perpendicular to wiper arm. gently out from Remove the wiper blade the wiper arm. Set the new wiper blade in the wiper arm in perpendicular position. in shown direcRotate the wiper blade tion until it clicks in its place. CAUTION: After wiper blade replacement, return the wiper arm to its original position. Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-15 WINDOW WASHER FLUID D15A1-7DA18CA2-4A81-4DD7-B18F-1925A54D06B4 WAI0006X WARNING: Anti-freeze is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children. Check the fluid level in the window washer fluid reservoir. If the fluid level is low, add window washer fluid. Fill the window washer fluid reservoir periodically. Add a washer solvent to the water for better cleaning. In the winter season, add a windshield washer anti-freeze. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for the mixture ratio. 8-16 Maintenance and do-it-yourself BATTERY D15A1-3C02603D-9124-4B12-AABD-F53153752600 SDI1573 VEHICLE BATTERY D15A1-528D82D4-0CAF-445B-8A89-04F410575D60 MaintenanceD15A1-461628DE-B637-436E-AE97-24A8232C1CB6 free battery For a maintenance free battery, it is not required to check the fluid level. However, NISSAN recommends to check it periodically at a NISSAN dealer. Jump starting D15A1-11D3C5DB-2A0B-4018-86AB-51CB482BFC29 REMOTE CONTROLLER BATTERY D15A1-00EE2301-30E3-4755-8C51-422C4840D84C If jump starting is necessary, see “Jump starting” (P.6-7). If the engine does not start by jump starting or the battery does not charge, the battery may have to be replaced. Contact a NISSAN dealer for replacing the battery. Battery replacement D15A1-B32EDD00-B796-4F2B-9D83-8F979594A0DF CAUTION: . . Be careful not to allow children to swallow the battery and removed parts. An improperly disposed battery can harm the environment. Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal. Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-17 . . . When changing batteries, do not let dust or oil get on the components. There is danger of explosion if the lithium battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or equivalent type. Do not expose the battery to excessive heat such as sunshine, fire, etc. lent . Do not touch the internal circuit and electric terminals as doing so could cause a malfunction. . Make sure that the + side faces the bottom of the case . 3. Close the lid securely. 4. Operate the buttons to check its operation. See a NISSAN dealer if you need assistance for replacement. INTELLIGENTD15A1-DF12F1B1-793B-42C2-A0D7-466ECF2BE1FA KEY BATTERY Battery replacement D15A1-D30A852B-CF01-4B8D-A3A3-742BD4A4C40D CAUTION: . . . . . WAI0019X To replace the battery: 1. Remove the screw . 2. Replace the battery with a new one. Recommended battery: CR2032 or equiva- 8-18 Maintenance and do-it-yourself Be careful not to allow children to swallow the battery and removed parts. An improperly disposed battery can harm the environment. Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal. When changing batteries, do not let dust or oil get on the components. There is danger of explosion if lithium battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or equivalent type. Do not expose the battery to excessive heat such as sunshine, fire, etc. WAD0005X To replace the battery: 1. Release the lock knob at the side of the Intelligent Key and remove the mechanical key. FUSES D15A1-9514CEEE-B80E-4951-BA34-D456909231DC ENGINE COMPARTMENT D15A1-2566CF78-9D09-4E62-BA83-FDDD99EB8FFB WAI0034X CAUTION: Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover. This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire. For checking and/or replacing, see a NISSAN dealer. WAI0020X 2. Remove the battery by pressing on one side and by lifting the other side . 3. Replace the battery with a new one. . Recommended battery: CR2032 or equivalent . Do not touch the internal circuit and electric terminals as doing so could cause a malfunction. . Make sure that the 7 side faces the bottom of the case. See a NISSAN dealer if you need assistance for replacement. Fusible linksGUID-3C206CEE-C934-4CE6-A2B1-98E2D49AC502 If any electrical equipment does not operate and the fuses are in good condition, check the fusible links. If any of these fusible links are melted, replace only with genuine NISSAN parts. Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-19 6. If the fuse is open , replace it with a new fuse . If the new fuse also opens, after installing, have the electrical system checked, and if necessary repaired, by a NISSAN dealer. PASSENGER COMPARTMENT D15A1-A499C18A-796A-46C2-94E3-543D18706760 WAI0032X CAUTION: Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover. This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire. If any electrical equipment does not operate, check for an open fuse. 1. Be sure the ignition switch is in the “OFF” or “LOCK” position. 2. Be sure the headlight switch is in the “OFF” position. 3. Remove the fuse box cover placed inside of the glove box. 4. Locate the fuse that needs to be replaced. 5. Remove the fuse using the fuse puller . SDI1754 SDI1753 8-20 Maintenance and do-it-yourself LIGHTS D15A1-0CA4CBD7-552D-4275-8986-132CF6DFB30B HEADLIGHTSD15A1-2A2B2E01-3752-481E-ADE0-0FB5E73813F7 CAUTION: Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash. A temperature difference between the inside and the outside of the lens causes the fog. This is not a malfunction. If large drops of water collect inside the lens, contact a NISSAN dealer. . . LED headlight D15A1-3D96434B-114C-41D4-87F7-CC9C54751D98 If replacement is required, contact a NISSAN dealer. When handling the bulb, do not touch the glass envelope. Do not leave the bulb out of the headlight reflector for a long period of time as dust, moisture and smoke may enter the headlight body and affect the performance of the headlight. Use the same number and wattage as originally installed: Halogen headlight model Low-beam bulb: 55W (H7) High-beam bulb: 65W (H9) Halogen headlight bulb D15A1-2113779C-8969-4483-818E-EFB621042A37 The halogen headlight is a semi-sealed beam type which uses replaceable headlight (halogen) bulbs. They can be replaced from inside the engine compartment without removing the headlight assembly. LED headlight model High-beam bulb: 65W (H9) Aiming adjustment is not necessary if only the bulbs are replaced. When aiming adjustment is necessary, contact a NISSAN dealer. CAUTION: High-pressure halogen gas is sealed inside the bulb. The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped. WAI0036X 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Low-beam (halogen headlight model) High-beam Disconnect the battery negative cable. Pull off the rubber cap. (if equipped) Disconnect the electrical connector from the rear end of bulb. Remove the bulb . Do not shake or rotate the bulb when removing it. Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal. Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-21 EXTERIOR LIGHTS D15A1-A39ABF0E-9793-4A72-8940-2C4F41CC93E8 Item Headlight Low-beam (halogen headlight model) Low-beam (LED headlight model)* High-beam Front turn signal light Front clearance light* Front fog light (if equipped)* Side turn signal light* Rear combination lights Turn signal light Stop/tail light 55 LED 65 21 LED 35 5 21 21/5 Tail light 5 Reverse light 16 Rear fog light (if equipped) High-mounted stop light* License plate light *: Wattage (W) 21 LED 5 See a NISSAN dealer for replacement. 8-22 Maintenance and do-it-yourself INTERIOR LIGHTS D15A1-F16248C6-8448-48CC-A907-253EFE587A2A Item Cargo room light Glove box light* Map light Room light *: Wattage (W) 5 5 5 5 See a NISSAN dealer for replacement. LIGHT LOCATIONS ReplacementD15A1-48FFC193-56B1-491E-B974-207C25ED351B procedures D15A1-1973B783-D758-4430-9B7D-C0DCAC417CD8 WAI0009X 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Map light and front room light Rear room light Clearance light Front turn signal light Headlight (high-beam) Front fog light (if equipped) Headlight (low-beam) Side turn signal light 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. Stop/Tail light Tail light High-mounted stop light Rear turn signal light Reverse light Cargo room light License plate light Rear fog light (if equipped) SDI1679 Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-23 : : REMOVE INSTALL All other lights are either type A, B, C, D, E or F. When replacing a bulb, first remove the lens and/or cover. WAI0003X JVM0794X Tail light Rear combination light WAI0008X Front turn signal light 8-24 Maintenance and do-it-yourself To replace the rear combination light bulbs: 1. Open the back door. 2. Remove the bolts and move the rear combination light as shown to make a clearance, then carefully pry the light using a suitable tool. 3. Replace the bulbs. (Stop/Tail light , Reverse light , Turn signal light ) 4. Install the combination light in the reverse order of removal. To 1. 2. 3. replace the tail light (back door side) bulbs: Open the back door. Remove the back door trim. Remove the nut and move the tail light rearward to make a clearance, then carefully pry the light using a suitable tool. 4. Replace the bulb. 5. Install the tail light in the reverse order of removal. WAI0041X Map light WAI0042X JVM0796X Rear fog light (if equipped) JVM0879X Room light License plate light Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-25 TIRES AND WHEELS D15A1-89AA9F92-CFAE-4F92-AA2C-BA49362A5AC1 If you have a flat tire, see “Flat tire” (P.6-2). Summer tires D15A1-1BCA3371-A230-4062-AA5F-8C5A87D25FD6 TIRE INFLATION PRESSURE D15A1-04203F7D-291C-40D7-90BE-10B1CCA7D953 NISSAN specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads. Summer tire performance is substantially reduced in snow and ice. Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M&S on the tire sidewall. If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions, NISSAN recommends the use of snow or all season tires on all four wheels. Periodically check the pressure of the tires, including the spare. An incorrect tire pressure may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling. The tire pressure should be checked when tires are COLD. Tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours, or driven less than 1.6 km (1 mile). COLD tire pressures are shown on the tire placard. Insufficient pressure can lead to an overheating of the tire and subsequent internal damage. At high speeds, this could result in tread separation and even bursting of the tire. TYPES OF TIRES D15A1-FD4C9C50-5C6C-4EF5-B23D-7ED0D15DD332 CAUTION: When changing or replacing tires, be sure all four tires are of the same type (that is, summer, all season or snow) and construction. A NISSAN dealer may be able to help you with information about tire type, size, speed rating and availability. JVM0843X Cargo room light Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires, and they may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed. Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire. All season tires D15A1-02E78856-75F7-450C-A4E5-A056B38650FC NISSAN specifies all season tires on some models to provide good performance all year, including snowy and icy road conditions. All season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and/ or M&S on the tire sidewall. Snow tires have better snow traction than all season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas. 8-26 Maintenance and do-it-yourself Snow tires D15A1-BD71A441-BE44-414B-A336-9620651A7A92 If snow tires are needed, it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires. If you do not, it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle. Generally, snow tires have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed. Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire. If you install snow tires, they must be the same size, brand, construction and tread pattern on all four wheels. For additional traction on icy roads, studded tires may be used. However, some states and provinces prohibit their use. Check local, state and provincial laws before installing studded tires. Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non-studded snow tires. TIRE CHAINSD15A1-B3C50512-BC75-4874-9813-A33A083D2770 Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location. Check the local laws before installing tire chains. When installing tire chains, make sure that they are of proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer’s instructions. Use chain tensioners when recommended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit. Loose end links of the tire chains must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or underbody. If possible, avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains. In addition, drive at a reduced speed. Otherwise, your vehicle may be damaged and/or vehicle handling and performance may be adversely affected. Tire chains must be installed only on the front wheels and not on the rear wheels. Do not use the chains on dry roads. Never install tire chains on the temporary-use spare tire (if equipped). Do not drive with tire chains on paved roads which are clear of snow. Driving with chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress. TIRE ROTATION D15A1-23DF55B4-DD3E-4C02-BE3A-0192E6257BCB TIRE WEAR D15A1-4A2BCF51-D55C-4334-A8D6-DC2F85B46DC2 AND DAMAGE SDI1662 NISSAN recommends that tires be rotated every 10,000 km (6,000 miles). However, the timing for tire rotation may vary according to your driving habits and the road surface conditions. (For the tire replacement, see “Flat tire” (P.6-2).) WARNING: . . . . After rotating the tires, adjust the tire pressure. Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 1,000 km (600 miles) (also in cases of a flat tire, etc.). Do not include the temporary-use spare tire (if equipped) in tire rotation. Incorrect tire selection, fitting, care, or maintenance can affect vehicle safety with risk of accident and injury. If in doubt, consult a NISSAN dealer or the tire manufacturer. SDI1663 Wear indicator Wear indicator location marks. The locations are shown by “ ”, “TWI”, etc. depending on tire types. Tires should be periodically inspected for wear, cracking, bulging or objects caught in the tread. If excessive wear, cracks, bulging or deep cuts are found, the tire should be replaced immediately. The original tires have a built-in tread wear indicator. When the wear indicator is visible, the tire should be replaced. Improper service of a spare tire may result in serious personal injury. If it is necessary to repair the spare tire, contact a NISSAN dealer. Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-27 TIRE AGE D15A1-3E7975C3-C597-4CE1-A08D-2C08AEA23F88 Never use a tire over six years old, regardless of whether it has been used or not. Tires degrade with age as well as with the vehicle usage. Have your tires checked and balanced often by a repair shop or, if you prefer, a NISSAN dealer. CHANGING D15A1-5D645BC0-1936-4CCB-9C94-6EABD270F7CD TIRES AND WHEELS WARNING: Do not install a deformed wheel or tire even if it has been repaired. Such wheels or tires could have structural damage and could fail without warning. When replacing a tire, use the same size, speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped. (For recommended types and sizes of tires and wheels, see “Tires and wheels” (P.95).) The use of tires other than those recommended or the mixed use of tires of different brands, construction (bias, bias-belted, or radial), or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride, braking, handling, ground clearance, bodyto-tire clearance, snow chain clearance, speedometer calibration, headlight aim and bumper height. Some of these effects may lead to accidents and could result in serious personal injury. If the wheels are changed for any reason, always replace with wheels which have the same offset dimension. Wheels of a different offset could cause early tire wear, possibly degraded vehicle handling characteristics and/or interference with the brake discs/ drums. Such interference can lead to decreased braking efficiency and/or early brake pad/shoe wear. 8-28 Maintenance and do-it-yourself WHEEL BALANCE D15A1-124CDD75-E1C1-464A-A263-743C8A8C0B2D Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life. Even with regular use, wheels can get out of balance. Therefore, they should be balanced as required. . . . SPARE TIRED15A1-7AD87379-2C2C-452F-A3F4-CA9047048BFA The spare tire supplied with your vehicle varies depending on the model. See “Tires and wheels” (P.9-5) for applicable spare tire. . Temporary-use spare tire (if equipped) GUID-080552C8-C91E-4E30-9AFC-BB39E161C691 . . SDI1912 A temporary-use spare tire (different size from the original tire) is supplied with your vehicle. Observe the following precautions if the spare tire must be used, otherwise your vehicle could be damaged or involved in an accident. CAUTION: . . The spare tire should be used only for emergency. It should be replaced by the standard tire at the first opportunity. Drive carefully while the spare tire is installed. . Avoid sharp turns and abrupt braking while driving. Do not drive your vehicle at speeds faster than 80 km/h (50 MPH). Do not use tire chains on a spare tire. Tire chains will not fit properly on the spare tire and may cause damage to the vehicle. When driving on roads covered with snow or ice, the spare tire should be used on the rear wheel and the original tire used on the front wheels (drive wheels). Use tire chains only on the front two original tires. Because the spare tire is smaller than the original tire, ground clearance is reduced. To avoid damage to the vehicle do not drive over obstacles. Also do not drive the vehicle through an automatic car wash since it may get caught. Do not use the spare tire on other vehicles. Do not use more than one spare tire at the same time. ConventionalGUID-4D409338-A3C4-4D20-8981-C25168F170E9 spare tire (if equipped) A standard tire (the same size as the original tire) is supplied with your vehicle. 9 Technical information Recommended fluids/lubricants and capacities ................ .... Fuel information ..................................................................................... .... Recommended SAE viscosity number ................................. .... Air conditioner system refrigerant and lubricant ....... .... Engine .................................................................................................................... .... Tires and wheels ........................................................................................... .... Dimensions ........................................................................................................ .... 9-2 9-3 9-3 9-4 9-4 9-5 9-5 When travelling or registering in another country ........... .... Vehicle identification ................................................................................. .... Vehicle identification label .......................................................... .... Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) ..................................... .... Engine serial number ...................................................................... .... Tire placard ............................................................................................. .... Air conditioner specification label ........................................ .... Installation of an RF transmitter ..................................................... .... 9-6 9-6 9-6 9-6 9-6 9-7 9-7 9-7 RECOMMENDED FLUIDS/ LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES D15A1-53320E59-E6E6-477B-926D-8FBE547E0530 The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill quantities may be slightly different. When refilling, follow the procedures instructed in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity. Fluid type Fuel Engine oil* H4K Drain and refill *: For additional information, K9K see “Changing engine oil and oil filter” (P.8-8). Engine coolant (with reservoir) With oil filter change Capacity (approximate) Imperial US Measure Measure 13-1/4 gal 11 gal 4-1/2 qt 3-3/4 qt 4.1 L 4-3/8 qt 4.4 L 4-5/8 qt 3-7/8 qt 4.3 L 4-1/2 qt 3-3/4 qt H4K 4.5 L 4-3/4 qt 4 qt K9K 4.5 L 4-3/4 qt 4 qt — — — Without oil filter change With oil filter change Without oil filter change Manual Transmission (MT) gear oil Power steering fluid Brake and clutch fluid Multi-purpose grease Air conditioner system refrigerant Air conditioner system lubricants 9-2 Metric Measure 50 L 4.3 L Technical information 3-5/8 qt — — — Refill to the proper fluid level according to the instructions in the “8. Maintenance and do-ityourself” section. — — — — — — — — — Recommended Fluids/Lubricants · See “Fuel information” (P.9-3). · Genuine “NISSAN Motor Oil 10W-30 SM or SN” is recommended. · If the above motor oil is not available, use “NISSAN Motor Oil” or equivalent that matches the following grade and viscosity. · Oil grade: API SM or SN, ILSAC GF-4 or GF-5 · SAE Viscosity: See “Recommended SAE viscosity number” (P.9-3). · Genuine NISSAN engine oil · Oil grade: – ACEA B3, B4 – API CF · SAE Viscosity: See “Recommended SAE viscosity number” (P.9-3). · Genuine NISSAN Engine Coolant (blue) or equivalent · Use Genuine NISSAN Engine Coolant or equivalent in its quality, in order to avoid possible aluminum corrosion within the engine cooling system caused by the use of non-genuine engine coolant. Note that any repairs for the incidents within the engine cooling system while using non-genuine engine coolant may not be covered by the warranty even if such incidents occurred during the warranty period. · Manual Transmission Fluid (MTF) TRANSELF NFJ 75W-80, or equivalent · If Manual Transmission Fluid (MTF) TRANSELF NFJ is not available, API GL-4, Viscosity SAE 75W-80 may be used as a temporary replacement. However, use Manual Transmission Fluid (MTF) TRANSELF NFJ as soon as it is available. RENAULTMATIC D2 or equivalent · Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT4 · NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base) · HFC-134a (R-134a) · SP-10 or equivalent FUEL INFORMATION D15A1-37026D02-5291-4945-95D4-DC57AE1253E5 Gasoline engine GUID-5C0E29CB-B057-403C-B65A-06A305CC47C6 CAUTION: Do not use leaded gasoline. Using leaded gasoline will damage the three-way catalyst. RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY NUMBER D15A1-B69B25E9-F64E-4D5C-BAA6-35926C1D7140 For H4K engine model 10W-30 is preferable. If 10W-30 is not available, select the viscosity, from the chart below, that is suitable for the outside temperature range. For K9K engine model 5W-30 is preferable. If 5W-30 is not available, select the viscosity, from the chart below, that is suitable for the outside temperature range. Use UNLEADED REGULAR gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 (RON). Diesel engine*GUID-11D2E4E4-09FC-4187-8473-6EC509118819 Use diesel fuel of at least 50 cetane. * If two types of diesel fuel are available, use summer or winter fuel properly according to the following temperature conditions. . . Above −7°C (20°F) ... Summer type diesel fuel. Below −7°C (20°F) ... Winter type diesel fuel. CAUTION: . . Do not use home heating oil, gasoline or other alternate fuels in your diesel engine. The use of those or adding those to diesel fuel can cause engine damage. Do not use summer fuel at temperatures below −7°C (20°F). The cold temperatures will cause wax to form in the fuel. As a result, it may prevent the engine from running smoothly. STI0589 STI0387B Technical information 9-3 ENGINE AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM REFRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT D15A1-F50D0177-18DA-4E61-88BE-04797457828A The air conditioner system of your vehicle must be charged with the refrigerant HFC-134a (R134a) and the lubricant SP-10 or equivalents. Use of any other refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage, and you may need to replace your vehicle’s entire air conditioner system. The release of refrigerants into the atmosphere is prohibited in many countries and regions. The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) in your vehicle will not harm the Earth’s ozone layer. However, it may contribute in a small part to the global warming effect. NISSAN recommends that the refrigerant be appropriately recovered and recycled. Contact a NISSAN dealer when servicing the air conditioner system. D15A1-A78EA9EA-3DB9-49F8-93FC-A8730B890A74 Engine model H4K K9K Type Gasoline, 4-cycle, DOHC Diesel, 4-cycle Cylinder arrangement 4-cylinder, in-line 4-cylinder, in-line Bore × Stroke mm (in) 78.0 × 78.4 (3.071 × 3.087) 76.0 × 80.5 (2.992 × 3.169) Displacement cm3 (cu in) 1,498 (91.41) 1,461 (89.15) 700±50 800±25 5±2° — LZKAR7D-9 — Idle speed at the “N” (Neutral) position Ignition timing (B.T.D.C.) at the “N” (Neutral) position Technical information degree at idle Spark plugs Type Gap Camshaft operation 9-4 rpm Standard mm (in) 0.8 to 0.9 (0.031 to 0.035) — Timing chain Timing belt TIRES AND WHEELS DIMENSIONS D15A1-ED65DAB9-BF6F-4D2B-A659-EF3C41067548 D15A1-CC338AF9-A59C-4F54-8AF6-8926E9ACE048 Tire size Road wheel Spare Standard Spare 215/65R16 98H 215/65R16 98H 215/60R17 96H 215/65R16 98H Size Offset mm (in) Steel 16 × 6 1/2J 50 (1.97) Aluminum 17 × 6 1/2J 50 (1.97) Steel 16 × 6 1/2J 50 (1.97) Unit: mm (in) Overall length Overall width Overall height Front tread Rear tread Wheelbase *1: *2: 4,384 (172.6) 1,813 (71.4) 1,656 (65.2)*1 1,651 (65.0)*2 1,559 (61.4) 1,566 (61.7) 2,673 (105.2) Model with roof rack Model without roof rack For India: Tires & tubes fitted in the vehicle, as per clause 3(c) & 3(e) meet the requirement of BIS and comply with the requirements under the Central Motor Vehicle Rules (CMVR), 1989. Technical information 9-5 WHEN TRAVELLING OR REGISTERING IN ANOTHER COUNTRY VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION D15A1-A3C259B5-3957-48F9-AD1A-28F71CFE7919 D15A1-C3451F67-29CF-4696-AC8F-FF53FB6D9318 When planning to travel in another country or region, find out whether the fuel required for your vehicle is available in that country or region. Using a low octane rated fuel may cause engine damage. Therefore, be sure that the required fuel is available wherever you go. For additional information regarding recommended fuel, see earlier in this section. When transferring the registration of your vehicle to another country, state, province or district, contact the appropriate authorities to find out that the vehicle complies with the local legal requirements. In some cases, a vehicle cannot meet the legal requirements, and it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regulations. In addition, there may be possibilities that a vehicle cannot be adapted in certain areas. The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emission control and safety standards vary according to the country, state, province or district; therefore, the vehicle specification may differ. When any vehicles are to be taken into another country, state, province or district, its modification, transportation, registration, and any other expenses which may result, are the responsibility of the user. NISSAN is not responsible for any inconveniences that may result. It is prohibited to cover, paint, weld, cut, drill, alter or remove Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION LABEL D15A1-A8D4A33D-8E44-4B77-9564-66061CA3EC29 WAJ0015X H4K engine STI0630 The vehicle identification label is affixed as shown. VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) D15A1-505A7DA9-C3BF-4C75-AB40-5946EE343054 WAJ0016X K9K engine The engine serial number is attached/stamped on the engine as shown. WAJ0069X The vehicle identification number is located as shown. 9-6 Technical information ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER D15A1-8C4F3838-A433-4C32-8CBD-475661B53BEE INSTALLATION OF AN RF TRANSMITTER GUID-45CBF2C0-6ACD-4B32-978D-F17EFDA2796F TIRE PLACARD D15A1-D14A8E63-463A-4F44-9209-FCD6E928E5F2 For countries conforming to UN regulation No.10 or equivalent: The installation of an RF transmitter in your vehicle could affect electric equipment systems. Be sure to check with your NISSAN dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions regarding installation. Upon request, your NISSAN dealer will provide the detailed information (frequency band, power, antenna position, installation guide, etc.) regarding installation. STI0435 The cold tire pressures are shown on the tire placard affixed to the driver’s side center pillar. AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL D15A1-4D037102-4D39-497F-B75D-28FF1A27ECEA WAJ0017X Technical information 9-7 MEMO 9-8 Technical information MEMO Technical information 9-9 MEMO 9-10 Technical information 10 Index A ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) ....................... ... 5-20 Aiming control, Headlights................................... ... 2-16 Air bag system Air bag warning labels ..................................... ... 1-22 Supplemental front-impact air bag system ................................................. ... 1-19, 1-24 Supplemental side-impact air bag system ................................................. ... 1-19, 1-24 Air cleaner filter............................................................. ... 8-14 Air conditioner Air conditioner operation............................... ... 4-14 Air conditioner service...................................... ... 4-17 Air conditioner specification label.............. ... 9-7 Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations ............. ... 4-17 Air fresheners ..................................................................... ... 7-4 Antenna............................................................................... ... 4-23 Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ....................... ... 5-20 Anti-lock Braking system (ABS) warning light ....................................................................... ... 2-7 Appearance care Exterior appearance care ................................. ... 7-2 Interior appearance care................................... ... 7-3 Armrest .................................................................................... ... 1-4 Around View Monitor ................................................... ... 4-7 Audible reminders....................................................... ... 2-10 Audio operation precautions ............................. ... 4-17 Audio system .................................................................. ... 4-17 Automatic air conditioner .................................... ... 4-16 Auxiliary input jack ..................................................... ... 4-28 B Back door .......................................................................... ... Battery....................................................................... ... 8-3, Battery replacement, Intelligent Key ..... ... Battery replacement, Remote controller ................................................ ... 3-13 8-17 8-18 8-17 Bluetooth® audio player operation ............... ... 4-28 Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System ..... ... 4-30 Brake Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ................ ... 5-20 Brake booster.......................................................... ... 8-12 Brake fluid .................................................................. ... 8-12 Brake system ........................................................... ... 5-19 Checking foot brake pedal ........................... ... 8-11 Parking brake check .......................................... ... 8-11 Parking brake operation................................. ... 5-22 Warning light ............................................................... ... 2-7 Break-in schedule ........................................................... ... 5-2 Brightness control, Instrument panel ............. ... 2-5 Bulb check/instrument panel................................ ... 2-7 Bulb replacement ............................................. ... 8-2, 8-21 Cockpit ..................................................................................... ... 2-2 Cold weather driving ................................................ ... 5-21 Cool box function........................................................ ... 2-22 Coolant Changing engine coolant ................................. ... 8-7 Checking engine coolant level...................... ... 8-7 High temperature warning light ................. ... 2-8 Cornering fog light function............................... ... 2-17 Corrosion protection .................................................... ... 7-5 Cover, Cargo cover..................................................... ... 2-23 Cruise control ................................................................. ... 5-14 Cruise control display and indicators ......... ... 5-14 Cup holders...................................................................... ... 2-23 C Defogger switch ........................................................... ... 2-19 Dimensions ........................................................................... ... 9-5 Door open warning light ........................................... ... 2-7 Drive belt ............................................................................ ... 8-10 Driving Cold weather driving ......................................... ... 5-21 Driving with Manual Transmission (MT) ..................................................................................... ... 5-9 Precautions when starting and driving ............................................................................... ... 5-2 Canceling cruising speed ...................................... ... 5-15 Canceling speed limit............................................... ... 5-13 Car phone or CB radio ............................................ ... 4-30 Card holder....................................................................... ... 2-22 Cargo cover ..................................................................... ... 2-23 Cargo room light ......................................................... ... 2-26 Catalytic converter, Three way catalyst ....... ... 5-3 CD player operation .................................................. ... 4-25 Checking Checking engine coolant level...................... ... 8-7 Checking engine oil level................................... ... 8-7 Checking foot brake pedal ........................... ... 8-11 Checking lights.......................................................... ... 2-7 Checking parking brake.................................. ... 8-11 Child restraints .............................................................. ... 1-10 Child safety........................................................................... ... 1-8 Child safety rear door lock ...................................... ... 3-4 Chimes, Audible reminders .................................. ... 2-10 Circuit breaker, Fusible link ................................. ... 8-19 Cleaning exterior and interior ................... ... 7-2, 7-3 Clock ...................................................................................... ... 2-14 Clutch fluid........................................................................ ... 8-13 D E ECO mode ......................................................................... ... 5-10 ECO mode indicator...................................................... ... 2-9 Economy, Fuel ................................................................ ... 5-16 Emergency Stop Signal .............................................. ... 6-2 Engine Break-in schedule ................................................... ... 5-2 Changing engine coolant ................................. ... 8-7 Checking engine coolant level...................... ... 8-7 Checking engine oil level................................... ... 8-7 Engine compartment check locations ......................................................... ... 8-5 Engine cooling system ........................................ ... 8-6 Engine oil........................................................................ ... 8-7 Engine serial number ........................................... ... 9-6 Engine specifications............................................ ... 9-4 High temperature warning light ................. ... 2-8 If your vehicle overheats ................................ ... 6-10 Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) ......................... ... 5-3 Explanation of general maintenance items ........................................................ ... 8-2 G Interior lights................................................................... ... 2-25 Gauge........................................................................................ ... 2-4 Fuel gauge .................................................................... ... 2-5 Speedometer .............................................................. ... 2-4 Tachometer.................................................................. ... 2-4 Trip computer ......................................................... ... 2-13 General maintenance................................................... ... 8-2 Glove box ........................................................................... ... 2-22 J F H Flat tire..................................................................................... ... 6-2 Floor mat cleaning ......................................................... ... 7-4 Fluid Brake fluid .................................................................. ... 8-12 Clutch fluid................................................................. ... 8-13 Engine coolant........................................................... ... 8-6 Engine oil........................................................................ ... 8-7 Power steering fluid ........................................... ... 8-13 Window washer fluid ............................. ... 8-3, 8-16 FM-AM radio with Compact Disc (CD) player..................................................................................... ... 4-23 Fog light switch ............................................................ ... 2-17 Front fog lights.............................................................. ... 2-17 Front map lights........................................................... ... 2-26 Front room light ........................................................... ... 2-26 Front seat, Front seat adjustment .................... ... 1-2 Fuel Fuel economy .......................................................... ... 5-16 Fuel gauge .................................................................... ... 2-5 Fuel information ....................................................... ... 9-3 Fuel octane rating .................................................. ... 9-3 Fuel-filler cap............................................................ ... 3-15 Fuel-filler lid ............................................................... ... 3-15 Fuel Efficiency and Carbon Dioxide Reduction driving tips.............................................. ... 5-15 Fuses...................................................................................... ... 8-19 Fusible links...................................................................... ... 8-19 Hands-Free Phone System, Bluetooth® ....... 4-30 Hazard indicator flasher switch........................... ... 6-2 Head restraints.................................................................. ... 1-4 Headlights Aiming control ........................................................ ... 2-16 Bulb replacement ................................................. ... 8-21 Headlight switch ................................................... ... 2-15 Heater Heater and air conditioner operation ....................................... ... 4-14 High temperature warning light ......................... ... 2-8 Hill start assist system ............................................ ... 5-12 Hood release ................................................................... ... 3-12 Horn........................................................................................ ... 2-19 Hydraulic pump electric power steering .............................................................. ... 5-19 10-2 I Ignition switch (with Intelligent Key system) .......................... ... (without Intelligent Key system).................. ... Key positions............................................................... ... Indicator lights................................................................... ... Instrument brightness control ............................. ... Instrument panel ............................................................. ... Intelligent Key..................................................................... ... Intelligent Key system ................................................. ... 5-5 5-4 5-4 2-9 2-5 2-3 3-2 3-5 Jump starting ..................................................................... ... 6-7 K Key NISSAN Anti-Theft System (NATS) key........ 3-2 Keyless entry (See remote keyless entry system) ...................................................................... ... 3-4 Keyless entry (See using remote keyless entry function), Intelligent Key.......................... ... 3-10 Keys ............................................................................................ ... 3-2 For Intelligent Key system................................ ... 3-5 L Labels Air conditioner specification label.............. ... 9-7 Engine serial number ........................................... ... 9-6 Vehicle identification ............................................ ... 9-6 Lead me to car function........................................ ... 2-26 Light Bulb replacement ..................................... ... 8-2, 8-21 Fog light switch ..................................................... ... 2-17 Front map lights.................................................... ... 2-26 Front room light .................................................... ... 2-26 Headlight switch ................................................... ... 2-15 Headlights bulb replacement ..................... ... 8-21 Indicator lights........................................................... ... 2-9 Interior lights............................................................ ... 2-25 Rear room light ...................................................... ... 2-26 Replacement ................................................ ... 8-2, 8-21 Warning/indicator lights and audible reminders....................................................................... ... 2-7 Lock Back door lock........................................................ ... 3-13 Vehicle speed sensing door lock mechanism ....................................................... ... 3-4 Low fuel warning light ................................................ ... 2-8 Luggage hooks ............................................................. ... 2-24 M Maintenance Battery............................................................... ... 8-3, 8-17 Explanation of general maintenance items ................................................ ... 8-2 General maintenance........................................... ... 8-2 Maintenance precautions ................................. ... 8-3 Maintenance requirements ............................. ... 8-4 Seat belt maintenance..................................... ... 1-10 Maintenance free battery ..................................... ... 8-17 Malfunction Indicator Light ..................................... ... 2-9 Manual Transmission (MT) ....................................... ... 5-4 Mechanical key (Intelligent Key system) ....... ... 3-3 Meter Trip computer ......................................................... ... 2-13 Meters and gauges ........................................................ ... 2-4 Instrument brightness control ..................... ... 2-5 Mirror, Vanity mirror .................................................. ... 3-17 Monitor, Rear view monitor..................................... ... 4-3 N New vehicle break-in .................................................... ... 5-2 NISSAN Anti-Theft System (NATS) key............ ... 3-2 O Oil Checking engine oil level................................... ... 8-7 Engine oil........................................................................ ... 8-7 Outside air temperature ........................................ ... 2-14 Overheat, If your vehicle overheats.............. ... 6-10 P Parking Brake break-in ........................................................ ... 5-20 Parking brake operation................................. ... 5-22 Parking sensor system............................................ ... 5-18 Phone Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System ......................................................... ... 4-30 Phone, Car phone or CB radio.......................... ... 4-30 Power Power outlet ............................................................. ... 2-21 Power steering ....................................................... ... 5-19 Power steering fluid ........................................... ... 8-13 Power windows ..................................................... ... 2-20 Pre-tensioner seat belt system......... ... 1-22, 1-26 Precautions Audio operation ..................................................... ... 4-17 Maintenance ................................................................ ... 8-3 Seat belt usage ......................................................... ... 1-6 Supplemental restraint system................. ... 1-19 Towing precautions ........................................... ... 6-11 When starting and driving................................ ... 5-2 Precautions on cruise control........................... ... 5-14 Push starting................................................................... ... 6-10 Push-button ignition switch ................................... ... 5-5 R Radio...................................................................................... ... 4-17 Car phone or CB radio ..................................... ... 4-30 FM-AM radio with Compact Disc (CD) player .................................................................. ... 4-23 Rain-sensing auto wiper system .................... ... 2-18 Rear door lock, Child safety rear door lock ................................................................................ ... 3-4 Rear fog light .................................................................. ... 2-17 Rear fog light indicator light .................................. ... 2-9 Rear room light ............................................................. ... 2-26 Rear seats.............................................................................. ... 1-3 Rear view monitor .......................................................... ... 4-3 Rear window wiper and washer switch ....... 2-19 Remote keyless entry system ............................... ... 3-4 Roof, Roof rack .............................................................. ... 2-24 S Safety, Child seat belts................................................ ... 1-8 Seat adjustment, Front seats ................................ ... 1-2 Seat belt(s) Child safety................................................................... ... 1-8 Injured persons ......................................................... ... 1-9 Pre-tensioner seat belt system ................................................. ... 1-22, 1-26 Precautions on seat belt usage................... ... 1-6 Pregnant women..................................................... ... 1-8 Seat belt cleaning ................................................... ... 7-4 Seat belt maintenance..................................... ... 1-10 Seat belt warning light ....................................... ... 2-8 Seat belts ....................................................................... ... 1-6 Seat(s), Seats ....................................................................... ... 1-2 Security system............................................................. ... 3-12 Setting cruising speed............................................. ... 5-15 Setting speed limit ..................................................... ... 5-13 Shark fin antenna........................................................ ... 4-23 Side-impact air bag system ................. ... 1-19, 1-24 Sonar system .................................................................. ... 5-18 Spare tire............................................................................ ... 8-28 Spark plugs....................................................................... ... 8-11 Speed limiter ................................................................... ... 5-12 Speed limiter display and indicators ........... ... 5-13 Speed limiter malfunction .................................... ... 5-13 Speed limiter operations ....................................... ... 5-12 Speedometer ...................................................................... ... 2-4 SRS air bag warning light ..................................... ... 1-22 Starting Jump starting ............................................................. ... 6-7 Precautions when starting and driving.................................................................... ... 5-2 Push starting............................................................ ... 6-10 Steering Power steering ....................................................... ... 5-19 Power steering fluid ........................................... ... 8-13 Steering lock..................................................... ... 5-5, 5-6 Tilting steering wheel........................................ ... 3-15 Sun visors .......................................................................... ... 2-25 10-3 Supplemental front-impact air bag system .................................................................................. ... 1-24 Supplemental side-impact air bag system ........................................................ ... 1-19, 1-24 Switch Fog light switch ..................................................... ... 2-17 Headlight aiming control ............................... ... 2-16 Headlight switch ................................................... ... 2-15 Power door lock switch ..................................... ... 3-3 Turn signal switch ............................................... ... 2-16 T Tachometer.......................................................................... ... 2-4 Three-way catalyst......................................................... ... 5-3 Tilting steering wheel............................................... ... 3-15 Tires Flat tire............................................................................. ... 6-2 Tire chains.................................................................. ... 8-27 Tire rotation .................................................. ... 8-2, 8-27 Tires and wheels ....................................... ... 8-26, 9-5 Types of tires ........................................................... ... 8-26 Tonneau cover (see cargo cover) .................. ... 2-23 Towing Tow truck towing................................................. ... 6-11 Towing precautions ........................................... ... 6-11 Towing your vehicle ........................................... ... 6-11 Transmission Driving with Manual Transmission (MT) ................................................... ... 5-9 Transmitter (See Intelligent Key system) ..... ... 3-5 Transmitter (See remote keyless entry system) ...................................................................... ... 3-4 Trip computer ................................................................ ... 2-13 Turn signal switch ...................................................... ... 2-16 Turning on cruise control ..................................... ... 5-15 Turning on speed limiter....................................... ... 5-13 10-4 U Underbody cleaning ...................................................... ... 7-3 USB connection port ................................................ ... 4-28 V Vanity mirror ................................................................... ... 3-17 Vehicle Dimensions ................................................................... ... 9-5 Information display ............................................. ... 2-11 Speed sensing door lock mechanism........ 3-4 Vehicle identification ............................................ ... 9-6 Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system..... ... 5-11 Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light ....................................................................... ... 2-8 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) .................. ... 9-6 Ventilators ......................................................................... ... 4-14 W Warning Lights................................................................................. ... 2-7 Warning lights, indicator lights and audible reminders ................................................... ... 2-6 Warning light Anti-lock braking system (ABS) warning light ............................................................... ... 2-7 Brake warning light ............................................... ... 2-7 Door open warning light ................................... ... 2-7 Low fuel warning light ........................................ ... 2-8 Seat belt warning light ....................................... ... 2-8 Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light ............................................................... ... 2-8 Washer switch Rear window wiper and washer switch............................................................................. ... 2-19 Washer switch, Windshield wiper and washer switch ................................................................ ... 2-17 Washing ................................................................................... ... 7-2 Waxing ...................................................................................... ... 7-2 Wheels and tires Care of wheels ........................................................... ... 7-3 Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels ................ ... 7-3 Window washer fluid ..................................... ... 8-3, 8-16 Window(s) Cleaning ............................................................... ... 7-2, 7-4 Power windows ..................................................... ... 2-20 Windshield wiper and washer switch.......... ... 2-17 Wiper Rain-sensing auto wiper system ............. ... 2-18 Rear window wiper and washer switch ......................................................... ... 2-19 Rear window wiper blade .............................. ... 8-15 Windshield wiper and washer switch ......................................................... ... 2-17 Wiper blades ............................................................. ... 8-14 MEMO 10-5 11 Epilogue GAS STATION INFORMATION D15A1-FC020EBC-318A-41B4-A3F2-617B777F8E4A FUEL INFORMATION D15A1-20666506-3478-4880-B39F-040D3664C358 Gasoline engine GUID-1E056A38-A511-44A0-B5DA-F6E5219A91CB CAUTION: Do not use leaded gasoline. Using leaded gasoline will damage the three-way catalyst. Use UNLEADED REGULAR gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 (RON). Diesel engine* GUID-2E105103-F556-468E-ABCC-692869C49224 Use diesel fuel of at least 50 cetane. * If two types of diesel fuel are available, use summer or winter fuel properly according to the following temperature conditions. . Above −7°C (20°F) ... Summer type diesel fuel. . Below −7°C (20°F) ... Winter type diesel fuel. CAUTION: . . Do not use home heating oil, gasoline or other alternate fuels in your diesel engine. The use of those or adding those to diesel fuel can cause engine damage. Do not use summer fuel at temperatures below −7°C (20°F). The cold temperatures will cause wax to form in the fuel. As a result, it may prevent the engine from running smoothly. QUICK REFERENCE D15A1-829EC5B8-3D12-4D53-83F3-8FE4909536CE RECOMMENDED ENGINE OIL D15A1-BBD67FD7-D9B3-4828-9FF4-493C90375C77 See “Recommended fluids/lubricants and capacities” (P.9-2). TIRE COLD PRESSURE D15A1-FC18257F-ACB3-4279-A379-E6BE9799F8AF See the tire placard affixed to the driver’s side center pillar. . . . . . In case of emergency ... 6-1 (Flat tire, engine will not start, overheating, towing) How to start the engine ... 5-1 How to read the meters and gauges ... 2-1 Maintenance and do-it-yourself ... 8-1 Technical information ... 9-1 0 Nissan Connect 1 0 Foreword FOREWORD AV0NJA1-801B9B40-26BD-49A7-A3FA-A8D4A5112094 Thank you for purchasing a NISSAN vehicle. This user’s manual is for NissanConnect System featuring Apple CarPlay and Android Auto offered in your NISSAN vehicle. Operation instructions for the following systems are included in this manual. . Audio . Hands-free phone . Apple CarPlay . Android Auto . Navigation . Voice recognition . Information and settings viewable on NissanConnect Please read this manual carefully to ensure safe operation of NissanConnect System. . Because of possible specification changes and optional equipment, some sections of this manual may not apply to your vehicle. . All information, specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing. NISSAN reserves the right to change specifications or design at any time without notice. . Do not remove this manual from the vehicle when selling this vehicle. The next user of the system may need the manual. Contents Introduction 1 Getting started 2 Audio system 3 Hands-Free Phone 4 Information 5 Navigation (if equipped) 6 Voice recognition (if equipped) 7 Troubleshooting guide 8 Index 9 10 11 12 1 Introduction How to use this manual ......................................................... ... For safe operation ................................................................ ... Reference symbols ............................................................... ... Screen illustrations .............................................................. ... Safety information ...................................................................... ... 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-3 Regulatory information .......................................................... ... Radio approval number and information ....... ... Trademarks ..................................................................................... ... Licenses .............................................................................................. ... Software Licenses .............................................................. ... 1-3 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-5 HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL AV0NJA1-D8FFB8FA-A072-42AA-8D6D-9FEA0AD9B6F9 This manual uses special words, symbols, icons and illustrations organized by function. Please refer to the following items and familiarize yourself with them. FOR SAFE OPERATION AV0NJA1-AF356C63-BA5E-4B54-878D-6D8BA7D7E683 REFERENCE SYMBOLS AV0NJA1-A9CE57CF-4F6A-454A-9EF8-91C4E396725F INFO: This indicates information that is necessary for efficient use of your vehicle or accessories. Reference page: WARNING: This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious personal injury. To avoid or reduce the risk, the procedures must be followed precisely. CAUTION: This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moderate personal injury or damage to your vehicle. To avoid or reduce the risk, the procedures must be followed carefully. NOTE: Indicates items that help you understand and maximize the performance of your vehicle. If ignored, they may lead to a malfunction or poor performance. 1-2 Introduction This indicates the title and page that you should refer to. < >: Indicates a button on the control panel. [ ]: This indicates a key/item displayed on the screen. SCREEN ILLUSTRATIONS AV0NJA1-5F699818-FF71-447B-881E-832E1898366B . The illustrations in this manual are representatives of various models and may not be identical with the design and specifications of your vehicle. . Icons and menu items displayed on the screen may be abbreviated or omitted from the screen illustrations when appropriate. The omitted icons and menu items are described as dotted lines as illustrated. 5GH0782X SAFETY INFORMATION REGULATORY INFORMATION AV0NJA1-E215E2CD-5877-46AC-B4EF-5D0B6683FCA9 This system is primarily designed to help you support pleasant driving as outlined in this manual. However, you, the driver, must use the system safely and properly. Information and the availability of services may not always be up to date. The system is not a substitute for safe, proper and legal driving. Before using the system, please read the following safety information. Always use the system as outlined in this manual. WARNING: . . To operate the system, first park the vehicle in a safe location and set the parking brake. Operating the system while driving can distract the driver and may result in a serious accident. Exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation. If the system does not respond immediately, please be patient and keep your eyes on the road. Inattentive driving may lead to a crash resulting in serious injuries or death. . Do not rely on route guidance (if equipped) alone. Always be sure that all driving maneuvers are legal and safe in order to avoid accidents. . Do not disassemble or modify this system. If you do, it may result in accidents, fire or electrical shock. AV0NJA1-E1B76219-B24A-4588-A087-0985C8AA0D4C . If you notice any foreign objects in the system hardware, spill liquid on the system or notice smoke or a smell coming from it, stop using the system immediately and it is recommended you contact a NISSAN dealer. Ignoring such conditions may lead to accidents, fire or electrical shock. CAUTION: . Some jurisdictions may have laws limiting the use of video screens while driving. Use this system only where it is legal to do so. . Extreme temperature conditions [below −20°C (−4°F) and above 70°C (158°F)] could affect the performance of the system. . The display screen may break if it is hit with a hard or sharp object. If the display screen breaks, do not touch it. Doing so could result in an injury. NOTE: Do not keep the system running with the engine stopped. Doing so may discharge the vehicle battery (12V battery). When you use the system, always keep the engine running. RADIO APPROVAL NUMBER AND INFORMATION GUID-43B104F9-DF13-4079-A70D-A7FA2CF10CD3 For EuropeGUID-C155C787-DD2F-4BC8-8E65-A521841F0829 Hereby, Robert Bosch Car Multimedia GmbH declares that the radio equipment type AIVICMFB0 and AIVIP32R0 is in compliance with Directive 2014/53/EU. The full text of the EU declaration of conformity is available at the following internet address: http://cert.bosch-carmultimedia.net PBA0034X Frequency Band 2400 MHz - 2480 MHz Radiated Power [EIRP] Bluetooth < 10 mW WLAN < 100 mW Hints/Restrictions Internal Antenna Internal antenna not accessible by user. Any change of the user will violate the legal approval of this product. Introduction 1-3 TRADEMARKS AV0NJA1-9FC03AD0-EBF8-481D-A9E5-F229D1F2B583 der license from iBiquity Digital Corporation. U.S. and Foreign Patents. For patents see http://dts.com/patents. HD Radio, PBA0032X Artist Experience, and the HD, HD Radio, and "ARC" logos are registered trademarks or trademarks of iBiquity Digital Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. 5GD0030X App Store Apple and the Apple logo are trademarks Apple, iPhone, iPod, and iPod touch are of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the other countries. App Store is a service U.S. and other countries. Apple CarPlay is For Brazil GUID-CB15F0D6-C1E7-43C1-A577-BA64A786F310 a trademark of Apple Inc. Use of the Apple mark of Apple Inc. Siri Este equipamento opera em caráter seCarPlay logo means that a vehicle user cundário, isto é, não tem direito a proteinterface meets Apple performance stanSiri is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered ção contra interferência prejudicial, dards. Apple is not responsible for the in the U.S. and other countries. mesmo de estações do mesmo tipo, e operation of this vehicle or its compliance Google Play não pode causar interferência a sistemas with safety and regulatory standards. Google, Google Play are trademarks of operando em caráter primário. Please note that the use of this product Google Inc. with iPhone or iPod may affect wireless performance. Google PBH0016X Google is a trademark of Google Inc. For MexicoGUID-26ABAF26-8EA0-4BEE-929A-226CC1658792 La operación de este equipo está sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y (2) este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia, incluyendo la que pueda causar su operación no deseada. Modelo: AIVIL42P0 and AIVIL12F0 Marca: Bosch 5GA0023X Bluetooth® is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and licensed to Robert Bosch GmbH. 5GA0018X HD Radio Technology manufactured un- 1-4 Introduction LICENSES AV0NJA1-5FE782B1-F1F2-4C43-B7B0-EE88A41A6D05 SOFTWARE LICENSES AV0NJA1-1E5EA8CA-F06A-4CB9-A570-37F39CE42842 Open Source Software Licenses http://oss.bosch-cm.com/nissan.html Introduction 1-5 MEMO 1-6 Introduction 2 Getting started Control buttons and touch screen display ............ ... 2-2 Control panel (Type A) ...................................................... ... 2-2 Control panel (Type B) ...................................................... ... 2-4 Control panel (Type C) ...................................................... ... 2-5 Control panel (Type D) ...................................................... ... 2-6 Control panel (Type E) ...................................................... ... 2-8 Liquid crystal display .......................................................... ... 2-9 Steering wheel switches (Type A) ......................... ... 2-10 Steering wheel switches (Type B) ......................... ... 2-11 Steering wheel switches (Type C) ......................... ... 2-12 Steering wheel switches (Type D) ........................ ... 2-12 Steering column switches (if equipped) .......... ... 2-13 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connection port and AUX (auxiliary) input jack .................................. ... 2-14 Starting system .......................................................................... ... 2-15 Start-up screen (if equipped) ................................... ... 2-15 Basic operation .......................................................................... ... 2-15 Selecting menu from Launch Bar ........................ ... 2-15 Touch panel operation ............................................... ... Main screen operations .............................................. ... Adjusting settings ........................................................... ... How to input letters and numbers ................... ... How to view and operate HOME MENU screen ....................................................................... ... Functions disabled while driving (if equipped) ......................................................................... ... System settings ......................................................................... ... Settings menu .................................................................... ... Connections settings ................................................... ... Volume and Beeps settings .................................... ... Clock settings ..................................................................... ... Display settings ................................................................. ... Language setting ............................................................ ... Units settings (if equipped) ...................................... ... Keyboard type settings .............................................. ... Return all settings to default ................................. ... 2-16 2-17 2-18 2-18 2-19 2-20 2-21 2-21 2-23 2-25 2-26 2-28 2-28 2-28 2-28 2-29 CONTROL BUTTONS AND TOUCH SCREEN DISPLAY AV0NJA1-1D7E0D66-C372-4533-A154-A968B3FBAE87 Push the button again to turn on the display. CONTROL PANEL (Type A) AV0NJA1-0F79FBFA-8617-4697-9F42-8714291E5E6B